Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 26914:09c7b74fa57f
* ls-lisp.el (ls-lisp-insert-directory): Print an explicit message
if one of the files specified cannot be accessed by
file-attributes. Do not strip any leading directories from the
file names, to behave more like `ls' does.
* dired.el (dired-get-filename): Handle absolute file names.
(dired-readin-insert): If argument is a cons, don't print
"wildcard" on the ``total'' line.
author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 16 Dec 1999 09:43:32 +0000 |
parents | 5d1bf698efc8 |
children | f281dfbf8cd2 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
25876 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files |
2 | |
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | |
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF | |
6 ;; Keywords: internal | |
7 | |
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
9 | |
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
13 ;; any later version. | |
14 | |
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details. | |
19 | |
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | |
24 | |
25 ;;; ********************************************************************** | |
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here. | |
27 ;;; | |
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them | |
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you | |
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el | |
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example, | |
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload | |
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....) | |
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar) | |
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload | |
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\ | |
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.") | |
38 ;;; | |
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el. | |
40 ;;; | |
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the | |
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified. | |
43 ;;; ********************************************************************** | |
44 | |
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el). | |
46 | |
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing | |
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l) | |
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file. | |
50 | |
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^]*" "\\1" | |
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max)) | |
53 | |
25998 | 54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
58 | |
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
60 Play 5x5. | |
61 | |
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
63 squares you must fill the grid. | |
64 | |
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
66 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
68 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
69 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
70 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
71 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
79 | |
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
82 | |
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
85 | |
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
88 | |
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
91 mutating the result." t nil) | |
92 | |
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
95 | |
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
100 | |
101 ;;;*** | |
102 | |
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
26724 | 104 ;;;;;; (14360 11474)) |
25876 | 105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
106 | |
25998 | 107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 108 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
109 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
110 extensions. | |
111 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
112 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 113 |
25876 | 114 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
115 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
116 | |
117 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
118 | |
119 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
120 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
121 | |
122 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
123 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
124 | |
125 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
126 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
127 | |
25998 | 128 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 129 |
130 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
131 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
132 | |
133 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
134 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
135 | |
136 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
137 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
138 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
139 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
140 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
141 | |
142 If you use imenu.el: | |
143 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
144 | |
145 If you use find-file.el: | |
146 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
147 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
148 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
149 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 150 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 151 |
152 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
153 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
154 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
25998 | 155 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil) |
156 | |
157 ;;;*** | |
158 | |
159 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
26724 | 160 ;;;;;; (14360 11651)) |
25998 | 161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
162 | |
163 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
164 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 165 |
166 ;;;*** | |
167 | |
168 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window | |
169 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name | |
170 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" | |
26724 | 171 ;;;;;; (14410 18533)) |
25876 | 172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
173 | |
174 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
175 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
176 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.") | |
177 | |
178 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
179 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
180 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
181 | |
182 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
183 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
184 | |
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
187 | |
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
192 | |
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
196 | |
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
198 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil) | |
199 | |
200 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
201 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
202 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
203 name and site. | |
204 | |
205 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
206 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
207 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
208 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
209 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
210 | |
211 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
212 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
213 | |
214 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
215 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
217 name and site. | |
218 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
219 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
220 | |
221 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
223 | |
224 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
225 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
226 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
227 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
228 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
229 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
230 | |
231 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
232 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
233 | |
234 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
235 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
236 | |
237 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
238 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
239 | |
240 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
241 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
242 | |
243 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
244 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran. | |
245 | |
246 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
247 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
248 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable | |
249 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'. | |
250 | |
251 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
252 | |
253 ;;;*** | |
254 | |
255 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
26724 | 256 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410 |
257 ;;;;;; 19111)) | |
25876 | 258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
259 | |
260 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
261 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
262 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
263 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
264 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
265 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
266 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
267 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
268 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
269 interpreted as `error'.") | |
270 | |
271 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
272 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
273 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
274 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
275 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 276 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
277 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 278 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
279 | |
280 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 281 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 282 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
283 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
284 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
285 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
286 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
287 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
288 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 289 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 290 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
291 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
292 | |
293 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 294 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 295 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
296 | |
297 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
298 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
299 BODY... ) | |
300 | |
301 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
302 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
303 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
304 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
305 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
306 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
307 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
308 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
309 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
310 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
311 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
312 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
313 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
314 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
315 | |
316 Semantics of the various flags: | |
317 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
318 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
319 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
320 | |
321 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
322 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
323 | |
324 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
325 advised function should be compiled. | |
326 | |
26724 | 327 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 328 during activation until somebody enables it. |
329 | |
330 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
331 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
332 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
333 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
334 | |
335 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
336 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
337 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
338 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
339 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
340 during preloading. | |
341 | |
26724 | 342 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 343 |
344 ;;;*** | |
345 | |
346 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" | |
26724 | 347 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14367 2123)) |
25876 | 348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el |
349 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) | |
350 | |
351 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
352 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
353 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
354 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
355 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
356 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
357 | |
358 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
359 | |
360 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
361 | |
362 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
363 | |
364 ;;;*** | |
365 | |
26724 | 366 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" |
367 ;;;;;; (14393 24267)) | |
368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el | |
369 | |
370 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
371 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
372 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
373 | |
374 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
375 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
376 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
377 | |
378 ;;;*** | |
379 | |
25876 | 380 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
381 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
382 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
26899 | 383 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14406 9730)) |
25876 | 384 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
385 | |
386 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
387 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
388 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
389 as the first thing on a line.") | |
390 | |
391 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
392 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
393 | |
394 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
395 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
396 | |
397 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
398 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
399 | |
400 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
401 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
402 | |
403 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
404 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
405 | |
406 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
407 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
408 | |
409 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
410 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
411 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
412 | |
413 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
414 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE. | |
415 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) | |
416 | |
417 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
418 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
419 | |
420 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil) | |
421 | |
422 ;;;*** | |
423 | |
424 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
26724 | 425 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411 |
26899 | 426 ;;;;;; 46662)) |
25876 | 427 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
428 | |
26724 | 429 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
430 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
431 | |
432 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
433 | |
25876 | 434 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
435 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
436 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
437 normal variables." t nil) | |
438 | |
439 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
440 | |
441 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
442 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP. | |
443 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
444 noninteractive functions. | |
445 | |
446 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
447 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
448 | |
449 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
450 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP. | |
451 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound | |
452 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming. | |
453 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
454 | |
455 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
456 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP. | |
457 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
458 at the function and at the names and values of properties. | |
459 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
460 | |
461 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
462 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP. | |
463 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
464 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | |
465 bindings. | |
466 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
467 | |
468 ;;;*** | |
469 | |
470 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 471 ;;;;;; 32602)) |
25876 | 472 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
473 | |
474 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
475 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
476 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
477 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
478 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
479 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
480 | |
481 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
482 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
483 archive. | |
484 | |
485 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
486 | |
487 ;;;*** | |
488 | |
25998 | 489 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851)) |
25876 | 490 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
491 | |
492 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
493 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
494 | |
495 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
496 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
497 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
498 | |
499 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. | |
500 | |
501 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
502 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, | |
503 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. | |
504 | |
505 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
506 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
507 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
508 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
509 The variables are: | |
510 | |
511 Variables you assign: | |
512 max-row: The number of rows in the array. | |
513 max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
514 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
515 field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
516 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
517 row numbers in the buffer. | |
518 | |
519 Variables which are calculated: | |
520 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. | |
521 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
522 | |
523 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
524 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
525 | |
526 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
527 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
528 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
529 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
530 | |
531 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
532 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
533 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
534 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
535 | |
536 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
537 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
538 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
539 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
540 | |
541 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
542 between that of point and mark. | |
543 | |
544 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
545 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
546 | |
547 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
548 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
549 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
550 newlines inside rows) | |
551 | |
552 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
553 | |
554 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
555 | |
556 ;;;*** | |
557 | |
25998 | 558 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286 |
559 ;;;;;; 393)) | |
25876 | 560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
561 | |
562 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
563 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
564 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
565 | |
566 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
567 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
568 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
569 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
570 | |
571 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
572 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
573 | |
574 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
575 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
576 | |
577 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
578 | |
579 Special commands: | |
580 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
581 " t nil) | |
582 | |
583 ;;;*** | |
584 | |
585 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" | |
25998 | 586 ;;;;;; (14292 6861)) |
25876 | 587 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
588 | |
589 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 590 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 591 |
592 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 593 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 594 |
595 ;;;*** | |
596 | |
597 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) | |
26724 | 598 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
600 | |
601 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
602 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
603 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) | |
604 | |
605 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
606 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
607 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
608 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
609 | |
610 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
26724 | 611 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
612 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
613 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
614 | |
615 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 616 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
617 | |
618 ;;;*** | |
619 | |
620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
621 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
26724 | 622 ;;;;;; (14398 37513)) |
25876 | 623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
624 | |
625 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
626 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
627 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
628 | |
629 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
630 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
631 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
632 | |
633 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
634 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
635 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
636 | |
637 ;;;*** | |
638 | |
639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
26899 | 640 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14405 19084)) |
25876 | 641 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
642 | |
25998 | 643 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
644 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
645 | |
646 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
647 instead.") | |
648 | |
25876 | 649 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
650 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
651 | |
652 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
653 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
654 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
655 | |
656 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
657 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
658 | |
659 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
660 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
661 | |
662 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
663 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
664 | |
665 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
666 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
667 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
668 | |
669 ;;;*** | |
670 | |
25998 | 671 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263 |
672 ;;;;;; 35271)) | |
25876 | 673 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
674 | |
675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ | |
676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
679 | |
680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish' | |
681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | |
682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
683 | |
684 Effects of the different modes: | |
685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | |
686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
689 a random distance & direction. | |
690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
693 | |
694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
695 | |
696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
698 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
699 | |
700 ;;;*** | |
701 | |
702 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549 | |
25998 | 703 ;;;;;; 39413)) |
25876 | 704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
705 | |
706 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
707 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
708 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
709 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
710 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
711 | |
712 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
713 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
714 | |
715 ;;;*** | |
716 | |
717 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
25998 | 718 ;;;;;; (13607 52347)) |
25876 | 719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
720 | |
721 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
722 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
723 | |
724 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
725 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
726 | |
727 For example: | |
728 | |
729 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
730 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
731 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
732 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
733 | |
734 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
735 | |
736 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
737 | |
738 ;;;*** | |
739 | |
740 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
26899 | 741 ;;;;;; (14422 6607)) |
25876 | 742 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
743 | |
744 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
745 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 746 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 747 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
748 | |
749 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
750 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
751 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
752 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
753 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
754 seconds." t nil) | |
755 | |
756 ;;;*** | |
757 | |
26899 | 758 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14410 |
759 ;;;;;; 26437)) | |
25876 | 760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
761 | |
762 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
763 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
764 | |
765 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
766 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
767 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
768 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
769 message. | |
770 | |
771 | |
772 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
773 | |
774 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
775 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
776 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
777 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
778 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
779 | |
780 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
781 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
782 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
783 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
784 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
785 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
786 | |
787 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
788 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
789 BibTeX mode. | |
790 | |
791 | |
792 Special information: | |
793 | |
794 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
795 | |
796 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
797 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
798 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
799 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
800 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
801 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
802 current field. | |
803 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
804 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
805 | |
806 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
807 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
808 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
809 bibtex-entry-format. | |
810 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
811 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
812 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
813 | |
814 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
815 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
816 | |
817 The following may be of interest as well: | |
818 | |
819 Functions: | |
820 bibtex-entry | |
821 bibtex-kill-entry | |
822 bibtex-yank-pop | |
823 bibtex-pop-previous | |
824 bibtex-pop-next | |
825 bibtex-complete-string | |
826 bibtex-complete-key | |
827 bibtex-print-help-message | |
828 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
829 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
830 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
831 bibtex-reposition-window | |
832 bibtex-mark-entry | |
833 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
834 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
835 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
836 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
837 bibtex-validate | |
838 bibtex-count | |
839 bibtex-fill-entry | |
840 bibtex-reformat | |
841 bibtex-convert-alien | |
842 | |
843 Variables: | |
844 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
845 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
846 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
847 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
848 bibtex-entry-format | |
849 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
850 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
851 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
852 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
853 bibtex-string-files | |
854 | |
855 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
856 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
857 non-nil. | |
858 | |
859 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
860 | |
861 ;;;*** | |
862 | |
863 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 864 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 865 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
866 | |
867 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
868 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
869 the default is 4. | |
870 | |
871 What is blackbox? | |
872 | |
873 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
874 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
875 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
876 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
877 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
878 your score. | |
879 | |
880 Overview of play: | |
881 | |
882 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
883 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
884 four. | |
885 | |
886 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
887 movement keys. | |
888 | |
889 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
890 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
891 | |
892 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
893 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
894 | |
895 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
896 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
897 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
898 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
899 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
900 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
901 | |
902 Details: | |
903 | |
904 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
905 | |
906 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
907 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
908 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
909 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
910 | |
911 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
912 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
913 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
914 | |
915 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
916 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
917 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
918 | |
919 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
920 example. | |
921 | |
922 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
923 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
924 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
925 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
926 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
927 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
928 ray. | |
929 | |
930 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
931 degree deflection it causes. | |
932 | |
933 1 | |
934 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
935 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
936 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
937 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
938 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
939 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
940 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
941 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
942 2 3 | |
943 | |
944 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
945 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
946 | |
947 | |
948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
949 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
950 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
951 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
952 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
953 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
954 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
955 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
956 | |
957 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
958 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
959 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
960 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
961 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
962 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
963 emerging from the box. | |
964 | |
965 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
966 | |
967 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
969 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
970 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
971 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
972 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
973 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
974 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
975 | |
976 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
977 a reflection." t nil) | |
978 | |
979 ;;;*** | |
980 | |
981 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
982 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
983 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
984 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
985 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
26899 | 986 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14415 13511)) |
25876 | 987 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
988 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
989 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
990 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
991 | |
992 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
993 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
994 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
995 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
996 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
997 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
998 | |
999 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1000 | |
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1002 | |
1003 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1004 | |
1005 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1006 | |
1007 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1008 | |
1009 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1010 | |
1011 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1012 | |
1013 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1014 | |
1015 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1016 | |
1017 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1018 | |
1019 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1020 | |
1021 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1022 | |
1023 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1024 | |
1025 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1026 | |
1027 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1028 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1029 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1030 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1031 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1032 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1033 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1034 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1035 recent one. | |
1036 | |
1037 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1038 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1039 yank successive words. | |
1040 | |
1041 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1042 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1043 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1044 name of the file being visited. | |
1045 | |
1046 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1047 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1048 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1049 | |
1050 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1051 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1052 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1053 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1054 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1055 this. | |
1056 | |
1057 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1058 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1059 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1060 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1061 | |
1062 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1063 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1064 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1065 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1066 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1067 | |
1068 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1069 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1070 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1071 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1072 | |
1073 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1074 | |
1075 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1076 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1077 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1078 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1079 | |
1080 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1081 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1082 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1083 | |
1084 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1085 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1086 name." t nil) | |
1087 | |
1088 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1089 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1090 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1091 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1092 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1093 this." t nil) | |
1094 | |
1095 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1096 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1097 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1098 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1099 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1100 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1101 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1102 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1103 | |
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1105 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1106 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1107 | |
1108 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1109 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1110 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1111 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1112 \(second argument). | |
1113 | |
1114 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1115 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1116 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1117 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1118 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1119 | |
1120 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1121 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1122 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1123 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1124 | |
1125 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1126 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1127 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1128 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1129 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1130 while loading. | |
1131 | |
1132 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1133 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1134 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1135 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1136 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1137 explicitly. | |
1138 | |
1139 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1140 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1141 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1142 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1143 | |
1144 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1145 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1146 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1147 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1148 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1149 | |
1150 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1151 | |
1152 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1153 | |
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1155 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1159 this. | |
1160 | |
1161 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1162 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1163 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1164 | |
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1170 this. | |
1171 | |
1172 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1173 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1174 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1175 | |
1176 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1177 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1178 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1179 | |
1180 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1181 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1182 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1183 | |
1184 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1185 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1186 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1187 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1188 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1189 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1190 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1191 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1192 | |
1193 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1194 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1195 name. | |
1196 | |
1197 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1198 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1199 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1200 | |
1201 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1202 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1203 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1204 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1205 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1206 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1207 | |
1208 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1209 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1210 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1211 | |
1212 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1213 | |
1214 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1215 | |
1216 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1217 | |
1218 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1219 | |
1220 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1221 | |
1222 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1223 | |
1224 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1225 | |
1226 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1227 | |
1228 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1229 | |
1230 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1231 | |
1232 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1233 | |
1234 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1235 | |
1236 ;;;*** | |
1237 | |
1238 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1239 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1240 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
1241 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse | |
1242 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1243 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1244 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p | |
1245 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el" | |
26724 | 1246 ;;;;;; (14345 52902)) |
25876 | 1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el |
1248 | |
1249 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1250 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1251 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1252 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1253 | |
1254 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1255 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1256 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1257 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1258 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1259 | |
1260 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1261 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1262 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1263 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1264 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1265 | |
1266 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1267 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1268 | |
1269 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1270 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1271 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1272 | |
1273 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1274 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1275 | |
1276 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1277 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1278 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1279 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1280 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1281 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1282 | |
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1284 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1285 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1286 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1287 narrowed." t nil) | |
1288 | |
1289 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1290 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1291 | |
1292 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1293 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1294 | |
1295 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1296 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1297 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1298 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1299 | |
1300 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1301 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1302 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1303 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1304 | |
1305 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1306 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1307 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1308 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1309 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1310 to use." t nil) | |
1311 | |
1312 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1313 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1314 | |
1315 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1316 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1317 | |
1318 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1319 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1320 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1321 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1322 | |
1323 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1324 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1325 | |
1326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1328 | |
1329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1331 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1333 | |
1334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1338 | |
1339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1341 | |
1342 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1343 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1344 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1345 | |
1346 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1347 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1348 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1349 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1350 | |
1351 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1352 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1353 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1354 | |
1355 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1356 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1357 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1358 | |
1359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1360 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1363 | |
1364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1366 | |
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1368 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1369 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1370 | |
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1372 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1373 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1374 | |
1375 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1376 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1377 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1378 | |
1379 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1380 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1381 | |
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1383 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1384 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1385 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1386 | |
1387 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1388 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1389 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1390 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1391 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1392 | |
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1394 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1395 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1396 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1397 | |
1398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1399 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1400 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1401 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1402 | |
1403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1405 | |
1406 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1407 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1408 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1409 | |
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1411 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1412 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1413 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1414 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1415 current one. | |
1416 | |
1417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1418 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1419 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1420 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1421 | |
1422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1424 | |
1425 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1426 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1428 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1429 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1430 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1431 | |
1432 ;;;*** | |
1433 | |
1434 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1435 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1437 | |
1438 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1439 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1440 | |
1441 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1442 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1443 | |
1444 ;;;*** | |
1445 | |
1446 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile | |
1447 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1448 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
25998 | 1449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14297 56999)) |
25876 | 1450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1451 | |
1452 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1453 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1454 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1455 | |
1456 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1457 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1458 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1459 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1460 | |
1461 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1462 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1463 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1464 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1465 | |
1466 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1467 | |
1468 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1469 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1470 | |
1471 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1472 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1473 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1474 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1475 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1476 | |
1477 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1478 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1479 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1480 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1481 | |
1482 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1483 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1484 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1485 | |
1486 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1487 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1488 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1489 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1490 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1491 all functions called by those functions. | |
1492 | |
1493 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1494 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1495 cons, etc.). | |
1496 | |
1497 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1498 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1499 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1500 | |
1501 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1502 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1503 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1504 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1505 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1506 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1507 | |
1508 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1509 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1510 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1511 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1512 | |
1513 ;;;*** | |
1514 | |
1515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1516 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1517 | |
1518 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1519 | |
1520 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1521 | |
1522 ;;;*** | |
1523 | |
1524 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1525 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1526 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1527 | |
1528 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1529 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1530 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1531 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1532 | |
1533 ;;;*** | |
1534 | |
1535 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays | |
1536 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1537 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1538 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1539 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1540 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1541 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1542 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1543 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1544 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1545 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1546 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1547 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 1548 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1549 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1550 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
26899 | 1551 ;;;;;; (14393 15630)) |
25876 | 1552 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1553 | |
1554 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1555 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1556 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1557 | |
1558 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1559 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1560 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1561 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1562 the screen.") | |
1563 | |
1564 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1565 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1566 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1567 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1568 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1569 | |
1570 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1571 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
1572 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used, | |
1573 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
1574 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1575 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1576 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1577 | |
1578 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1579 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1580 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1581 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1582 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1583 | |
1584 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1585 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1586 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1587 | |
1588 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1589 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1590 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1591 | |
26724 | 1592 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
1593 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
1594 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
1595 | |
25876 | 1596 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
1597 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1598 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1599 displayed.") | |
1600 | |
1601 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1602 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1603 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1604 | |
1605 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1606 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1607 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1608 | |
1609 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1610 | |
1611 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1612 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1613 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1614 | |
1615 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1616 calendar.") | |
1617 | |
1618 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1619 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1620 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1621 | |
1622 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1623 calendar.") | |
1624 | |
1625 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1626 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1627 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1628 | |
1629 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1630 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1631 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1632 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1633 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1634 | |
1635 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1636 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1637 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1638 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1639 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1640 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1641 a function is also provided for this: | |
1642 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1643 | |
1644 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1645 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1646 date is not visible in the window. | |
1647 | |
1648 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1649 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1650 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1651 | |
1652 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1653 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1654 | |
1655 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1656 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1657 date is visible in the window. | |
1658 | |
1659 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1660 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1661 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1662 | |
25998 | 1663 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1664 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1665 | |
26724 | 1666 For example, |
25998 | 1667 |
1668 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1669 | |
1670 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1671 | |
25876 | 1672 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1673 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1674 | |
1675 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1676 | |
1677 MONTH/DAY | |
1678 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1679 MONTHNAME DAY | |
1680 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1681 DAYNAME | |
1682 | |
1683 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1684 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1685 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1686 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1687 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1688 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1689 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1690 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1691 respectively. | |
1692 | |
1693 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1694 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1695 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1696 | |
1697 DAY/MONTH | |
1698 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1699 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1700 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1701 DAYNAME | |
1702 | |
1703 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1704 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1705 | |
1706 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1707 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1708 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1709 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1710 | |
1711 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1712 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1713 | |
1714 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1715 entries (in the default American style): | |
1716 | |
1717 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1718 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1719 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1720 21: Payday | |
1721 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1722 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1723 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1724 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1725 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1726 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1727 &* 15 time cards due. | |
1728 | |
1729 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1730 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1731 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1732 single diary entry | |
1733 | |
1734 02/11/1989 | |
1735 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1736 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1737 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1738 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1739 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1740 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1741 | |
1742 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1743 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1744 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1745 | |
1746 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1747 | |
1748 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1749 | |
1750 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1751 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1752 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1753 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1754 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1755 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1756 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1757 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1758 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1759 | |
1760 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1761 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1762 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1763 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1764 for these functions for details. | |
1765 | |
1766 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1767 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1768 | |
1769 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1770 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1771 | |
1772 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1773 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1774 | |
1775 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1776 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1777 | |
1778 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1779 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1780 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1781 | |
1782 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
1783 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file. | |
1784 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
1785 | |
1786 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1787 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1788 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1789 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1790 | |
1791 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1792 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1793 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1794 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
1795 | |
1796 DAY/MONTH | |
1797 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1798 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1799 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1800 DAYNAME | |
1801 | |
1802 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
1803 characters with or without a period.") | |
1804 | |
1805 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
1806 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
1807 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1808 | |
25998 | 1809 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 1810 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
1811 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1812 | |
1813 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
1814 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
1815 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
1816 | |
1817 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
1818 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
1819 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
1820 | |
1821 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
1822 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
1823 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
1824 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
1825 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
1826 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
1827 | |
1828 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1829 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
1830 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
1831 | |
1832 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
1833 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1834 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1835 of the form | |
1836 | |
1837 #include \"filename\" | |
1838 | |
1839 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1840 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
1841 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
1842 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1843 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
1844 | |
1845 For example, you could use | |
1846 | |
1847 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
1848 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
1849 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
1850 | |
1851 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
1852 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
1853 lexicographic order.") | |
1854 | |
1855 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
1856 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
1857 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
1858 | |
1859 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
1860 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
1861 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
1862 diary display. | |
1863 | |
1864 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
1865 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
1866 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
1867 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
1868 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
1869 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
1870 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
1871 | |
1872 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
1873 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
1874 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
1875 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
1876 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
1877 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
1878 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
1879 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
1880 | |
1881 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
1882 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
1883 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1884 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1885 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1886 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1887 | |
1888 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1889 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
1890 | |
1891 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
1892 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1893 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1894 of the form | |
1895 #include \"filename\" | |
1896 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1897 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
1898 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
1899 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1900 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1901 | |
1902 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
1903 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
1904 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1905 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1906 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1907 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1908 | |
1909 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
1910 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
1911 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
1912 are holidays.") | |
1913 | |
1914 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
1915 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
1916 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
1917 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
1918 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
1919 | |
1920 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1921 | |
1922 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
1923 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
1924 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1925 | |
1926 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1927 | |
1928 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
1929 *Oriental holidays. | |
1930 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1931 | |
1932 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1933 | |
1934 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
1935 *Local holidays. | |
1936 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1937 | |
1938 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1939 | |
1940 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
1941 *User defined holidays. | |
1942 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1943 | |
1944 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1945 | |
1946 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
1947 | |
1948 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1949 | |
1950 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
1951 | |
1952 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1953 | |
1954 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
1955 | |
1956 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1957 | |
1958 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
1959 | |
1960 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1961 | |
1962 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
1963 *Jewish holidays. | |
1964 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1965 | |
1966 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1967 | |
1968 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
1969 *Christian holidays. | |
1970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1971 | |
1972 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1973 | |
1974 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
1975 *Islamic holidays. | |
1976 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1977 | |
1978 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1979 | |
1980 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
1981 *Sun-related holidays. | |
1982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1983 | |
1984 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1985 | |
1986 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
1987 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
1988 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
1989 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
1990 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
1991 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
1992 | |
1993 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
1994 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
1995 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
1996 | |
1997 ;;;*** | |
1998 | |
26899 | 1999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 59474)) |
25876 | 2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2001 | |
2002 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2003 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2004 | |
2005 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2006 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2007 | |
2008 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2009 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2010 | |
2011 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2012 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2013 | |
2014 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2015 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2016 | |
2017 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2018 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2019 | |
2020 ;;;*** | |
2021 | |
2022 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2023 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
26899 | 2024 ;;;;;; (14419 59475)) |
25876 | 2025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2026 | |
2027 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2028 | |
2029 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2030 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2031 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2032 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2033 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2034 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2035 | |
2036 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2037 | |
2038 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2039 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2040 run first. | |
2041 | |
2042 Key bindings: | |
2043 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2044 | |
2045 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2046 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2047 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2048 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2049 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2050 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2051 message. | |
2052 | |
2053 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2054 | |
2055 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2056 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2057 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2058 | |
2059 Key bindings: | |
2060 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2061 | |
2062 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2063 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2064 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2065 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2066 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2067 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2068 message. | |
2069 | |
2070 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2071 | |
2072 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2073 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2074 is run first. | |
2075 | |
2076 Key bindings: | |
2077 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2078 | |
2079 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2080 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2081 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2082 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2083 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2084 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2085 message. | |
2086 | |
2087 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2088 | |
2089 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2090 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2091 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2092 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2093 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2094 | |
2095 Key bindings: | |
2096 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2097 | |
2098 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2099 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2100 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2101 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2102 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2103 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2104 message. | |
2105 | |
2106 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2107 | |
2108 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2109 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2110 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2111 | |
2112 Key bindings: | |
2113 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2114 | |
2115 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2116 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2117 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2118 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2119 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2120 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2121 message. | |
2122 | |
2123 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2124 | |
2125 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2126 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2127 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2128 | |
2129 Key bindings: | |
2130 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2131 | |
2132 ;;;*** | |
2133 | |
2134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
26899 | 2135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 59471)) |
25876 | 2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2137 | |
2138 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2139 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2140 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2141 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2142 for details of setting up styles. | |
2143 | |
2144 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2145 style name. |
2146 | |
2147 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2148 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2149 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2150 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2151 will be reassigned. | |
2152 | |
2153 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2154 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2155 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2156 |
2157 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2158 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2159 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2160 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2161 | |
2162 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2163 | |
2164 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2165 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2166 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2167 | |
2168 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2169 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2170 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2171 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2172 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2173 | |
2174 ;;;*** | |
2175 | |
2176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 59473)) | |
25876 | 2177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2178 | |
2179 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2180 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2181 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2182 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2183 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2184 | |
26899 | 2185 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2186 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2187 |
2188 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2189 `infodock'.") | |
2190 | |
2191 ;;;*** | |
2192 | |
2193 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2194 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
25998 | 2195 ;;;;;; (14236 19568)) |
25876 | 2196 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2197 | |
2198 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2199 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2200 | |
2201 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2202 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2203 | |
2204 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2205 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2206 | |
2207 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2208 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2209 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2210 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2211 execution. | |
2212 | |
2213 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2214 | |
2215 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2216 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2217 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'. | |
2218 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro)) | |
2219 | |
2220 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2221 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2222 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2223 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2224 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2225 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2226 | |
2227 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2228 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
2229 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil) | |
2230 | |
2231 ;;;*** | |
2232 | |
2233 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2234 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2235 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2236 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2237 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2238 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2239 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2240 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
26899 | 2241 ;;;;;; (14398 50288)) |
25876 | 2242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2243 | |
2244 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2245 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2246 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2247 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2248 | |
2249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2250 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2251 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2252 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2253 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2254 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2255 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2256 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2257 | |
2258 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2259 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2260 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2261 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2262 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2263 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2264 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2265 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2266 | |
2267 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2268 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2269 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2270 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2271 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2272 | |
2273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2274 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2275 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2276 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2277 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2278 | |
2279 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2280 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2281 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2282 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2283 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2284 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2285 | |
2286 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2287 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2288 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2289 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2290 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2291 | |
2292 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2293 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2294 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2295 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2296 if there is one. | |
2297 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2298 | |
2299 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2300 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2301 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2302 | |
2303 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2304 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2305 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2306 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2307 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2308 | |
2309 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2310 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2311 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2312 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2313 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2314 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2315 | |
2316 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2317 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2318 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2319 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2320 | |
2321 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2322 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2323 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2324 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2325 | |
2326 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2327 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2328 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2329 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2330 | |
2331 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2332 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2333 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2334 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2335 | |
2336 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2337 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2338 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2339 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2340 | |
2341 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2342 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2343 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2344 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2345 | |
2346 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2347 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2348 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2349 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2350 | |
2351 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2352 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2353 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2354 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2355 | |
2356 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2357 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2358 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2359 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2360 | |
2361 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2362 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2363 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2364 | |
2365 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2366 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2367 checking of documentation strings. | |
2368 | |
2369 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2370 | |
2371 ;;;*** | |
2372 | |
2373 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
2374 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment | |
2375 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" | |
25998 | 2376 ;;;;;; (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 2377 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2378 | |
2379 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2380 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil) | |
2381 | |
2382 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2383 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil) | |
2384 | |
2385 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2386 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil) | |
2387 | |
2388 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2389 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2390 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2391 | |
2392 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2393 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2394 | |
2395 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2396 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2397 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2398 | |
2399 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2400 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2401 | |
2402 ;;;*** | |
2403 | |
2404 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) | |
25998 | 2405 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907)) |
25876 | 2406 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2407 | |
2408 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2409 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2410 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2411 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2412 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2413 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2414 | |
2415 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2416 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2417 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2418 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2419 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2420 | |
2421 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2422 | |
2423 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\ | |
2424 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'. | |
2425 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2426 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2427 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2428 | |
2429 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2430 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2431 \\{command-history-map} | |
2432 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil. | |
2433 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil) | |
2434 | |
2435 ;;;*** | |
2436 | |
25998 | 2437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15550)) |
25876 | 2438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2439 | |
2440 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2441 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2442 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2443 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2444 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2445 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2446 | |
2447 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2448 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2449 | |
2450 ;;;*** | |
2451 | |
2452 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
26899 | 2453 ;;;;;; (14344 26818)) |
25876 | 2454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2455 | |
2456 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2457 | |
2458 ;;;*** | |
2459 | |
2460 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
26724 | 2461 ;;;;;; (14368 26241)) |
25876 | 2462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2463 | |
2464 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2465 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2466 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2467 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2468 | |
2469 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2470 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2471 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2472 | |
2473 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2474 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2475 | |
2476 ;;;*** | |
2477 | |
2478 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569 | |
25998 | 2479 ;;;;;; 34340)) |
25876 | 2480 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2481 | |
2482 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2483 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2484 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2485 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
2486 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
2487 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
2488 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2489 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2490 | |
2491 ;;;*** | |
2492 | |
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2494 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
25998 | 2495 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038)) |
25876 | 2496 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2497 | |
2498 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2499 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2500 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2501 ASCII table. | |
2502 | |
2503 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2504 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2505 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2506 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2507 | |
2508 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2509 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2510 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2511 | |
2512 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2513 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2514 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2515 | |
2516 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2517 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2518 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2519 | |
2520 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2521 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2522 | |
2523 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2524 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2525 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2526 | |
2527 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2528 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2529 | |
2530 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2531 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2532 | |
2533 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2534 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2535 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2536 | |
2537 ;;;*** | |
2538 | |
26724 | 2539 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
2540 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
26899 | 2541 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14411 62961)) |
25876 | 2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2543 | |
2544 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
2545 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2546 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2547 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2548 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2549 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2550 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2551 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2552 | |
2553 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2554 | |
2555 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2556 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2557 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2558 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2559 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2560 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2561 | |
26724 | 2562 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
2563 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2564 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2565 | |
2566 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2567 | |
2568 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
2569 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2570 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2571 | |
2572 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2573 | |
2574 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
2575 Send COMMAND to current process. | |
2576 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2577 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2578 |
2579 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
2580 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | |
2581 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2582 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2583 |
25876 | 2584 ;;;*** |
2585 | |
2586 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
25998 | 2587 ;;;;;; 18289)) |
25876 | 2588 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2589 | |
2590 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
2591 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
2592 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
2593 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
2594 | |
2595 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
2596 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
2597 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
2598 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
2599 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
2600 | |
2601 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
2602 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
2603 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
2604 | |
2605 ;;;*** | |
2606 | |
2607 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
2608 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
2609 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
26899 | 2610 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14388 8490)) |
25876 | 2611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
2612 | |
2613 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
2614 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
2615 | |
2616 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
2617 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
2618 | |
2619 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
2620 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
2621 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
2622 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
2623 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
2624 | |
2625 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
2626 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
2627 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
2628 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
2629 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
2630 | |
2631 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
2632 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2633 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
2634 describing how the process finished.") | |
2635 | |
2636 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
2637 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2638 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
2639 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
2640 | |
2641 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 2642 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 2643 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
2644 | |
2645 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
2646 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
2647 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
2648 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
2649 | |
2650 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
2651 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
2652 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
2653 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
2654 | |
2655 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
2656 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
2657 | |
2658 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
2659 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
2660 | |
2661 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
2662 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
2663 Then start the next one. | |
2664 | |
2665 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
2666 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
2667 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
2668 | |
2669 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
2670 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
2671 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
2672 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
2673 where grep found matches. | |
2674 | |
2675 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2676 easily repeat a grep command. | |
2677 | |
2678 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
2679 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
2680 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
2681 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
2682 | |
2683 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 2684 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
2685 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2686 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
2687 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
2688 | |
2689 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2690 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
2691 | |
2692 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2693 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
2694 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
2695 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
2696 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
2697 | |
2698 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
2699 | |
2700 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2701 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
2702 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2703 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2704 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2705 | |
2706 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2707 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
2708 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2709 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2710 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2711 | |
2712 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
2713 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
2714 | |
2715 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
2716 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
2717 | |
2718 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move; | |
2719 negative means move back to previous error messages. | |
2720 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer | |
2721 and start at the first error. | |
2722 | |
2723 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
2724 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
2725 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
2726 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
2727 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
2728 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
2729 | |
2730 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
2731 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
2732 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
2733 | |
2734 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
2735 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
2736 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
2737 | |
2738 ;;;*** | |
2739 | |
2740 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | |
26724 | 2741 ;;;;;; (14393 17619)) |
25876 | 2742 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
2743 | |
2744 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | |
2745 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
2746 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
2747 | |
2748 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
2749 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
2750 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
2751 as much as possible. | |
2752 | |
2753 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
2754 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
2755 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
2756 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
2757 | |
2758 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
2759 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
2760 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
2761 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
2762 | |
2763 ;;;*** | |
2764 | |
2765 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
25998 | 2766 ;;;;;; (13884 8101)) |
25876 | 2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
2768 | |
2769 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
2770 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
2771 | |
2772 ;;;*** | |
2773 | |
26899 | 2774 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
2775 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
2776 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
2777 ;;;;;; (14422 54140)) | |
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el | |
2779 | |
2780 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
2781 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
2782 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
2783 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
2784 `make-composition'. | |
2785 | |
2786 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
2787 | |
2788 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
2789 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
2790 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
2791 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
2792 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
2793 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
2794 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
2795 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
2796 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
2797 | |
2798 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
2799 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
2800 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
2801 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
2802 be added. | |
2803 | |
2804 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
2805 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
2806 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
2807 | |
2808 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
2809 | | | | |
2810 | global| | | |
2811 | glyph | | | |
2812 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
2813 +----+--*--+ | |
2814 | | new | | |
2815 | |glyph| | |
2816 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
2817 ") | |
2818 | |
2819 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2820 Compose characters in the current region. | |
2821 | |
2822 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
2823 | |
2824 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
2825 specifying the region. | |
2826 | |
2827 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2828 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
2829 | |
2830 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
2831 of the text in the region. | |
2832 | |
2833 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
2834 | |
2835 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
2836 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
2837 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
2838 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
2839 | |
2840 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
2841 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
2842 detail. | |
2843 | |
2844 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2845 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2846 text in the composition." t nil) | |
2847 | |
2848 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2849 Decompose text in the current region. | |
2850 | |
2851 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
2852 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
2853 | |
2854 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
2855 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
2856 | |
2857 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
2858 the characters in it. | |
2859 | |
2860 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
2861 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
2862 STRING respectively. | |
2863 | |
2864 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2865 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
2866 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
2867 | |
2868 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2869 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2870 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
2871 | |
2872 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
2873 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
2874 | |
2875 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
2876 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
2877 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
2878 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
2879 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
2880 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
2881 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
2882 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
2883 | |
2884 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
2885 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
2886 | |
2887 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
2888 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
2889 | |
2890 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
2891 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
2892 | |
2893 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
2894 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
2895 | |
2896 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
2897 | |
2898 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
2899 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
2900 | |
2901 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
2902 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
2903 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
2904 | |
2905 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
2906 | |
2907 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
2908 | |
2909 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
2910 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
2911 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
2912 | |
2913 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
2914 | |
2915 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
2916 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0) | |
2917 | |
2918 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\ | |
2919 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. | |
2920 | |
2921 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs | |
2922 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible | |
2923 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called | |
2924 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function | |
2925 `compose-chars-after' for more detail. | |
2926 | |
2927 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when | |
2928 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.") | |
2929 | |
2930 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
2931 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
2932 | |
2933 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
2934 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
2935 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
2936 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
2937 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
2938 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
2939 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
2940 nil. | |
2941 | |
2942 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
2943 is: | |
2944 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
2945 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
2946 | |
2947 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
2948 | |
2949 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) | |
2950 | |
2951 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
2952 Compose last characters. | |
2953 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N), | |
2954 where N is the number of characters before point to compose. | |
2955 This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
2956 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
2957 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N) | |
2958 after a sequence character events." t nil) | |
2959 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
2960 | |
2961 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
2962 Convert CHAR to string. | |
2963 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
2964 | |
2965 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
2966 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
2967 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
2968 | |
2969 ;;;*** | |
2970 | |
25876 | 2971 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
25998 | 2972 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685)) |
25876 | 2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
2974 | |
2975 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
2976 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
2977 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
2978 | |
2979 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
2980 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
2981 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
2982 | |
2983 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
2984 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
2985 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
2986 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
2987 | |
2988 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
2989 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
2990 | |
2991 ;;;*** | |
2992 | |
2993 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
25998 | 2994 ;;;;;; (13940 33533)) |
25876 | 2995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
2996 | |
2997 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
2998 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
2999 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3000 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3001 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3002 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3003 | |
3004 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3005 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3006 | |
3007 ;;;*** | |
3008 | |
3009 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
26724 | 3010 ;;;;;; (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 3011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3012 | |
3013 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3014 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3015 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3016 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3017 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3018 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3019 | |
3020 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3021 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3022 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3023 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3024 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3025 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3026 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3027 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3028 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3029 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3030 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3031 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3032 | |
3033 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3034 | |
3035 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
3036 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
3037 | |
3038 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3039 | |
3040 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3041 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3042 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3043 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3044 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3045 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3046 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3047 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
3048 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
3049 | |
3050 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3051 | |
3052 bite if angry; | |
3053 | |
3054 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3055 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3056 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3057 to nil.) | |
3058 | |
3059 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3060 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3061 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3062 | |
3063 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3064 | |
3065 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3066 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
3067 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
3068 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
3069 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
3070 | |
3071 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3072 | |
3073 if (A) { B } | |
3074 | |
3075 into | |
3076 | |
3077 B if A; | |
3078 | |
3079 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3080 | |
3081 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3082 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3083 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3084 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3085 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3086 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3087 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3088 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3089 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3090 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3091 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3092 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3093 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3094 | |
3095 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3096 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3097 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3098 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
3099 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
3100 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
3101 | |
3102 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3103 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3104 man via menu. | |
3105 | |
3106 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3107 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3108 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3109 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3110 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3111 | |
3112 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3113 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3114 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3115 | |
3116 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3117 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3118 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3119 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3120 | |
3121 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3122 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3123 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3124 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3125 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3126 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3127 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3128 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3129 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3130 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
3131 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
3132 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
3133 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
3134 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3135 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3136 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3137 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3138 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3139 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3140 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3141 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3142 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3143 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3144 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3145 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3146 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3147 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3148 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3149 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3150 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3151 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3152 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3153 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3154 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3155 | |
3156 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3157 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3158 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3159 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3160 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3161 | |
3162 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3163 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3164 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3165 \(both available from menu). | |
3166 | |
3167 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
3168 column 0 is indented on | |
3169 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3170 | |
3171 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3172 with no args. | |
3173 | |
3174 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3175 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3176 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3177 | |
3178 ;;;*** | |
3179 | |
3180 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
3181 ;;;;;; (13826 9909)) | |
3182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el | |
3183 | |
3184 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3185 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3186 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3187 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3188 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3189 | |
3190 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3191 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3192 | |
3193 ;;;*** | |
3194 | |
3195 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
25998 | 3196 ;;;;;; (14302 38178)) |
25876 | 3197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3198 | |
3199 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3200 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3201 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3202 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3203 | |
3204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3205 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3206 | |
3207 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3208 | |
3209 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3210 | |
3211 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
3212 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode. | |
3213 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) | |
3214 | |
3215 ;;;*** | |
3216 | |
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all | |
3218 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3219 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3220 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3221 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3222 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3223 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3224 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
26899 | 3225 ;;;;;; (14417 23470)) |
25876 | 3226 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3227 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3228 | |
3229 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3230 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3231 | |
3232 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3233 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3234 | |
3235 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3236 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3237 | |
3238 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3239 |
3240 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3242 | |
3243 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3244 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3245 | |
3246 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3247 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3248 | |
3249 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3250 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3251 | |
3252 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3253 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3254 | |
3255 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3256 |
3257 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3259 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3260 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3261 | |
3262 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3263 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3264 | |
3265 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3266 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3267 | |
3268 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3269 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3270 | |
3271 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3272 |
3273 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3274 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3275 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3276 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3277 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3278 | |
3279 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3280 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3281 | |
3282 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3283 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3284 | |
3285 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3286 | |
3287 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3288 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3289 | |
3290 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3291 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3292 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3293 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3294 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3295 | |
3296 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3297 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3298 version." t nil) | |
3299 | |
3300 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3301 | |
3302 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3303 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3304 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3305 | |
3306 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3307 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3308 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3309 | |
3310 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3311 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil) | |
3312 | |
3313 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3314 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3315 | |
3316 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3317 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3318 | |
3319 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3320 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3321 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3322 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3323 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3324 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3325 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3326 | |
3327 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3328 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3329 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3330 | |
3331 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3332 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3333 | |
3334 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3335 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3336 | |
3337 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3338 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3339 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3340 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3341 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3342 that option." nil nil) | |
3343 | |
3344 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3345 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3346 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3347 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3348 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3349 that option." nil nil) | |
3350 | |
3351 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3352 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3353 | |
3354 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3355 File used for storing customization information. | |
3356 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3357 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 3358 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
3359 | |
3360 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
3361 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
3362 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
3363 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 3364 |
3365 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3366 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3367 | |
3368 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3369 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3370 | |
3371 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3372 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3373 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3374 | |
3375 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3376 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 3377 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 3378 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3379 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3380 | |
3381 ;;;*** | |
3382 | |
3383 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
26724 | 3384 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14398 37486)) |
25876 | 3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3386 | |
3387 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3388 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3389 | |
3390 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3391 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3392 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3393 | |
25998 | 3394 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 3395 |
3396 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3397 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 3398 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 3399 |
3400 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3401 | |
3402 ;;;*** | |
3403 | |
3404 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char | |
3405 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment | |
3406 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) | |
25998 | 3407 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 3408 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3409 | |
3410 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3411 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil) | |
3412 | |
3413 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3414 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil) | |
3415 | |
3416 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3417 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil) | |
3418 | |
3419 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3420 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3421 | |
3422 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3423 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3424 | |
3425 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3426 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3427 For readability, the table is slightly | |
3428 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3429 | |
3430 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3431 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3432 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3433 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3434 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3435 | |
3436 ;;;*** | |
3437 | |
3438 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
26724 | 3439 ;;;;;; (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3441 | |
3442 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3443 | |
3444 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3445 | |
3446 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3447 Completion on current word. | |
3448 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3449 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3450 | |
3451 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3452 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3453 completions. | |
3454 | |
3455 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3456 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3457 | |
3458 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3459 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3460 | |
3461 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3462 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3463 | |
3464 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3465 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3466 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3467 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3468 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3469 | |
3470 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3471 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3472 | |
3473 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3474 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3475 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3476 | |
3477 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3478 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3479 | |
3480 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3481 | |
3482 ;;;*** | |
3483 | |
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
3485 ;;;;;; 39004)) | |
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el | |
3487 | |
3488 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3489 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3490 | |
3491 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3492 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3493 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3494 | |
3495 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3496 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3497 Data lines are not indented. | |
3498 | |
3499 Key bindings: | |
3500 | |
3501 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3502 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3503 | |
3504 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3505 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3506 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3507 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3508 | |
3509 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3510 | |
3511 dcl-basic-offset | |
3512 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3513 | |
3514 dcl-continuation-offset | |
3515 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3516 | |
3517 dcl-margin-offset | |
3518 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
3519 | |
3520 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
3521 Indentation for a label. | |
3522 | |
3523 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
3524 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
3525 | |
3526 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
3527 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3528 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
3529 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
3530 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
3531 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
3532 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
3533 | |
3534 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
3535 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
3536 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
3537 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
3538 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
3539 | |
3540 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
3541 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
3542 One such function is included in the package: | |
3543 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
3544 | |
3545 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
3546 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
3547 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
3548 margin. | |
3549 | |
3550 dcl-electric-characters | |
3551 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
3552 typed. | |
3553 | |
3554 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
3555 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
3556 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
3557 | |
3558 dcl-tempo-comma | |
3559 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
3560 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
3561 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
3562 | |
3563 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
3564 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
3565 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
3566 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
3567 | |
3568 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
3569 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
3570 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
3571 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
3572 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
3573 | |
3574 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
3575 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3576 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
3577 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3578 | |
3579 | |
3580 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
3581 | |
3582 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
3583 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
3584 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
3585 $ i = 1 | |
3586 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
3587 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
3588 $ label: | |
3589 $ if i.eq.1 | |
3590 $ then | |
3591 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
3592 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3593 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
3594 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3595 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
3596 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
3597 $ type sys$input | |
3598 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
3599 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3600 $ endif | |
3601 $ | |
3602 " t nil) | |
3603 | |
3604 ;;;*** | |
3605 | |
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
26724 | 3607 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14385 24854)) |
25876 | 3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
3609 | |
3610 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
3611 | |
3612 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
3613 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
3614 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
3615 of the evaluator. | |
3616 | |
3617 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
3618 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
3619 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
3620 | |
3621 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3622 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
3623 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
3624 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
3625 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
3626 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
3627 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
3628 | |
3629 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3630 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
3631 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
3632 | |
3633 ;;;*** | |
3634 | |
3635 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
25998 | 3636 ;;;;;; (13875 47403)) |
25876 | 3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
3638 | |
3639 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
3640 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
3641 | |
3642 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
3643 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
3644 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
3645 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
3646 | |
3647 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
3648 modify it. | |
3649 | |
3650 The most useful commands are: | |
3651 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
3652 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
3653 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
3654 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
3655 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
3656 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
3657 | |
3658 ;;;*** | |
3659 | |
25998 | 3660 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region) |
26724 | 3661 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903)) |
25998 | 3662 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
3663 | |
3664 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
3665 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
3666 | |
3667 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
3668 | |
3669 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
3670 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
3671 | |
3672 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
3673 | |
3674 ;;;*** | |
3675 | |
3676 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266 | |
3677 ;;;;;; 16343)) | |
3678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el | |
3679 | |
3680 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
3681 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
3682 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
3683 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
3684 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
3685 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
3686 | |
3687 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
3688 | |
3689 Customization: | |
3690 | |
3691 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
3692 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
3693 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
3694 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
3695 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
3696 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
3697 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
3698 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3699 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3700 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
3701 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
3702 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
3703 blank line. | |
3704 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
3705 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
3706 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
3707 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
3708 | |
3709 Coloring: | |
3710 | |
3711 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
3712 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
3713 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
3714 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
3715 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
3716 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
3717 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
3718 Face used to color everything else. | |
3719 | |
3720 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
3721 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
3722 | |
3723 ;;;*** | |
3724 | |
25876 | 3725 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel" |
26724 | 3726 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3727 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
3728 | |
3729 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
3730 | |
3731 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
3732 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3733 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
3734 positive. | |
3735 | |
3736 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
3737 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
3738 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
3739 any selection." t nil) | |
3740 | |
3741 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
3742 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3743 See command `delete-selection-mode'. | |
3744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3745 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
3746 | |
3747 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3748 | |
3749 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
3750 | |
3751 ;;;*** | |
3752 | |
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) | |
26724 | 3754 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
3756 | |
3757 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ | |
3758 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
3759 | |
3760 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
3761 | |
3762 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
26724 | 3763 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). |
3764 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
25876 | 3765 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, |
3766 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
3767 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
3768 hooks for the new mode. | |
3769 | |
3770 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
3771 | |
3772 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
3773 | |
3774 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
3775 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
3776 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
3777 | |
26724 | 3778 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as |
25876 | 3779 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: |
3780 | |
3781 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
3782 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
3783 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
3784 | |
3785 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
3786 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
3787 | |
3788 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
26724 | 3789 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 3790 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
3791 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
3792 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
3793 | |
3794 ;;;*** | |
3795 | |
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
25998 | 3797 ;;;;;; (13897 58892)) |
25876 | 3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
3799 | |
3800 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
3801 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
3802 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
3803 | |
3804 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
3805 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
3806 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
3807 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
3808 | |
3809 ;;;*** | |
3810 | |
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
3812 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
3813 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
3814 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
3815 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
3816 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
3817 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" | |
26899 | 3818 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14422 54140)) |
25876 | 3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
3820 | |
3821 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\ | |
3822 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil) | |
3823 | |
3824 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3825 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
3826 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3827 |
3828 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3829 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
3830 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3831 |
3832 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3833 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
3834 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3835 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 3836 |
3837 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3838 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
3839 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3840 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 3841 |
3842 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3843 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 3844 |
3845 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3846 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 3847 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
3848 | |
3849 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3850 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 3851 |
3852 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3853 | |
3854 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3855 | |
3856 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3857 | |
3858 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3859 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
3860 | |
3861 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3862 | |
3863 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3864 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
3865 | |
3866 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3867 | |
3868 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3869 | |
3870 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3871 | |
3872 ;;;*** | |
3873 | |
3874 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
26899 | 3875 ;;;;;; (14368 20503)) |
25876 | 3876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
3877 | |
3878 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3879 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
3880 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
3881 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
3882 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
3883 | |
3884 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3885 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
3886 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
3887 | |
3888 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
3889 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
3890 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
3891 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
3892 | |
3893 #!/bin/sh | |
3894 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
3895 emacs -batch \\ | |
3896 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
3897 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
3898 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
3899 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
3900 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
3901 | |
3902 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
3903 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
3904 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
3905 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
3906 | |
3907 ;;;*** | |
3908 | |
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
25998 | 3910 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
25876 | 3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
3912 | |
3913 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
3914 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
3915 | |
3916 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
3917 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
3918 | |
3919 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
3920 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
3921 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
3922 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
3923 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
3924 | |
3925 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
3926 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
3927 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
3928 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
3929 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
3930 | |
3931 ;;;*** | |
3932 | |
26899 | 3933 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
3934 ;;;;;; (14412 45411)) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3936 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3937 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 3938 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3939 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3940 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3941 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3942 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3943 |
26899 | 3944 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
3945 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
3946 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3947 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3948 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3949 |
25876 | 3950 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
3951 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
3952 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
3953 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
26899 | 3954 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14349 51336)) |
25876 | 3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
3956 | |
3957 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
3958 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
3959 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
3960 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
3961 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
3962 | |
3963 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
3964 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
3965 | |
3966 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
3967 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
3968 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
3969 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
3970 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
3971 | |
3972 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
3973 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
3974 | |
3975 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
3976 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
3977 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
3978 always set this variable to t.") | |
3979 | |
3980 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
3981 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
3982 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
3983 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
3984 | |
3985 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
3986 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
3987 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
3988 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
3989 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
3990 | |
3991 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
3992 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
3993 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
3994 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
3995 | |
3996 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
3997 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
3998 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
3999 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4000 | |
4001 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4002 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4003 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4004 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4005 | |
4006 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4007 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4008 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4009 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4010 | |
4011 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4012 | |
4013 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4014 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4015 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4016 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4017 | |
4018 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4019 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4020 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4021 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4022 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4023 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4024 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4025 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4026 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4027 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4028 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4029 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4030 | |
4031 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4032 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4033 | |
4034 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4035 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4036 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4037 | |
4038 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4039 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4040 | |
4041 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4042 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4043 | |
4044 ;;;*** | |
4045 | |
4046 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all | |
4047 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir | |
4048 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir | |
26899 | 4049 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase |
4050 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
4051 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename | |
4052 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4053 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4054 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4055 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4056 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4057 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
4058 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14415 3380)) | |
25876 | 4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4060 | |
4061 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4062 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4063 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4064 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4065 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4066 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4067 | |
4068 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4069 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4070 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4071 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4072 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4073 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4074 | |
4075 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4076 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4077 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4078 | |
4079 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4080 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4081 | |
4082 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4083 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4084 | |
4085 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4086 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4087 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4088 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4089 | |
4090 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4091 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4092 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4093 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4094 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4095 | |
4096 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4097 | |
4098 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4099 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4100 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4101 | |
26899 | 4102 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4103 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4104 instead of att the end of the command. | |
4105 | |
25876 | 4106 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4107 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4108 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4109 | |
4110 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4111 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4112 | |
4113 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4114 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4115 |
4116 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4117 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4118 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4119 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4120 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4121 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4122 | |
4123 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4124 | |
4125 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4126 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4127 | |
4128 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4129 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4130 | |
4131 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4132 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4133 | |
4134 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4135 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4136 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4137 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4138 | |
4139 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4140 | |
4141 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4142 | |
4143 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4144 | |
4145 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4146 | |
4147 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4148 | |
4149 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4150 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4151 | |
4152 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4153 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4154 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4155 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4156 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4157 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4158 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4159 | |
4160 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4161 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4162 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4163 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4164 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4165 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4166 | |
4167 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4168 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4169 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4170 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4171 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4172 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4173 | |
4174 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4175 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4176 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4177 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4178 | |
4179 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4180 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4181 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4182 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4183 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4184 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4185 | |
4186 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4187 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4188 | |
4189 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4190 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4191 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4192 | |
4193 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4194 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4195 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4196 | |
4197 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4198 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4199 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4200 | |
4201 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4202 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4203 | |
4204 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4205 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4206 | |
4207 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4208 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4209 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4210 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4211 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4212 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4213 this subdirectory. | |
4214 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4215 | |
26899 | 4216 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4217 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4218 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4219 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4220 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4221 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4222 this subdirectory. | |
4223 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4224 | |
25876 | 4225 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4226 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4227 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4228 | |
4229 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4230 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4231 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4232 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4233 | |
4234 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4235 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4236 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4237 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4238 | |
4239 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4240 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4241 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4242 | |
4243 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4244 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4245 | |
4246 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4247 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4248 | |
4249 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4250 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4251 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4252 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4253 | |
4254 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4255 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4256 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4257 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4258 | |
4259 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4260 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4261 Stops when a match is found. | |
4262 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4263 | |
4264 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4265 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. | |
4266 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4267 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4268 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4269 | |
4270 ;;;*** | |
4271 | |
26899 | 4272 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14365 46253)) |
25876 | 4273 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4274 | |
4275 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
4276 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
4277 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
4278 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
4279 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
4280 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
4281 | |
4282 ;;;*** | |
4283 | |
25998 | 4284 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315)) |
25876 | 4285 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4286 | |
4287 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4288 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4289 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4290 | |
4291 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4292 | |
4293 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4294 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4295 | |
4296 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4297 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4298 " nil nil) | |
4299 | |
4300 ;;;*** | |
4301 | |
4302 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 4303 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 4304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4305 | |
4306 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4307 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4308 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4309 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4310 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4311 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4312 | |
4313 ;;;*** | |
4314 | |
4315 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4316 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4317 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4318 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
26724 | 4319 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070)) |
25876 | 4320 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4321 | |
4322 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4323 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4324 | |
4325 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4326 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4327 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4328 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4329 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4330 | |
4331 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4332 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4333 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4334 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4335 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4336 | |
4337 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4338 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4339 | |
4340 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4341 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4342 | |
4343 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4344 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4345 | |
4346 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4347 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4348 | |
4349 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4350 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4351 | |
4352 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4353 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4354 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4355 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4356 | |
4357 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4358 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4359 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4360 X frame." nil nil) | |
4361 | |
4362 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4363 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4364 | |
4365 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil) | |
4366 | |
4367 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4368 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4369 | |
4370 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4371 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4372 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4373 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4374 | |
4375 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4376 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4377 European character display. | |
4378 | |
4379 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4380 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4381 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4382 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4383 | |
4384 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4385 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4386 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4387 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 4388 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 4389 |
4390 ;;;*** | |
4391 | |
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 4393 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4395 | |
4396 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4397 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4398 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4399 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4400 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4401 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4402 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4403 Default is 2." t nil) | |
4404 | |
4405 ;;;*** | |
4406 | |
25998 | 4407 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573)) |
25876 | 4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4409 | |
4410 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4411 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4412 | |
4413 ;;;*** | |
4414 | |
25998 | 4415 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4416 ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
25876 | 4417 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4418 | |
25998 | 4419 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4420 Toggle Double mode. | |
4421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4422 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4423 | |
4424 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4425 | |
4426 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4427 | |
25876 | 4428 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4429 Toggle Double mode. | |
4430 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4431 | |
4432 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4433 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4434 | |
4435 ;;;*** | |
4436 | |
4437 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565)) | |
4438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el | |
4439 | |
4440 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4441 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4442 | |
4443 ;;;*** | |
4444 | |
4445 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
4446 ;;;;;; (14030 49072)) | |
4447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el | |
4448 | |
4449 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4450 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4451 | |
4452 ;;;*** | |
4453 | |
26724 | 4454 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" |
4455 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) | |
25876 | 4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4457 | |
26724 | 4458 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
4459 | |
4460 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 4461 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
4462 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap, | |
4463 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle'). | |
4464 | |
4465 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 4466 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
25876 | 4467 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on. |
4468 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | |
4469 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | |
4470 in order to build a valid keymap. | |
26724 | 4471 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
4472 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 4473 |
4474 ;;;*** | |
4475 | |
4476 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
26724 | 4477 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385 |
4478 ;;;;;; 24854)) | |
25876 | 4479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
4480 | |
4481 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
4482 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
4483 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
4484 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
4485 | |
4486 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
4487 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
4488 | |
4489 :filter FUNCTION | |
4490 | |
4491 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
4492 menu displayed. | |
4493 | |
4494 :visible INCLUDE | |
4495 | |
4496 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
4497 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
4498 | |
4499 :active ENABLE | |
4500 | |
4501 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
4502 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4503 | |
4504 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
4505 | |
4506 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
4507 | |
4508 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
4509 | |
4510 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
4511 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
4512 | |
4513 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4514 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4515 | |
26724 | 4516 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 4517 |
4518 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
4519 | |
4520 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
4521 | |
4522 :keys KEYS | |
4523 | |
4524 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
4525 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
4526 computed automatically. | |
4527 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
4528 | |
4529 :key-sequence KEYS | |
4530 | |
4531 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | |
4532 menu item. | |
4533 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of | |
4534 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | |
4535 keyboard equivalent. | |
4536 | |
4537 :active ENABLE | |
4538 | |
4539 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4540 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4541 | |
4542 :included INCLUDE | |
4543 | |
4544 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
4545 expression has a non-nil value. | |
4546 | |
4547 :suffix NAME | |
4548 | |
4549 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK. | |
4550 | |
4551 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 4552 |
25876 | 4553 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 4554 defined: |
25876 | 4555 |
4556 toggle: A checkbox. | |
4557 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4558 radio: A radio button. | |
4559 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4560 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | |
4561 menu bar itself. | |
4562 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
4563 | |
4564 :selected SELECTED | |
4565 | |
4566 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
4567 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4568 | |
4569 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as | |
4570 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
4571 as a solid horizontal line. | |
4572 | |
4573 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
4574 | |
4575 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
4576 | |
4577 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
4578 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
4579 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
4580 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4581 | |
4582 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
4583 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 4584 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
4585 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
4586 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
4587 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
4588 | |
4589 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
4590 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
4591 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 4592 |
4593 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
4594 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
4595 | |
4596 ;;;*** | |
4597 | |
4598 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" | |
25998 | 4599 ;;;;;; (13778 5499)) |
25876 | 4600 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
4601 | |
4602 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
4603 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
4604 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
4605 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
4606 | |
4607 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
4608 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
4609 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
4610 | |
4611 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
4612 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
4613 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
4614 | |
4615 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
4616 | |
4617 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4618 | |
4619 ;;;*** | |
4620 | |
4621 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
25998 | 4622 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455)) |
25876 | 4623 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
4624 | |
4625 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
4626 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
4627 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
4628 | |
4629 ;;;*** | |
4630 | |
4631 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
26899 | 4632 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14402 39960)) |
25876 | 4633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
4634 | |
4635 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
4636 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4637 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
4638 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
4639 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
4640 | |
4641 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
4642 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
4643 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
4644 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
4645 | |
4646 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
4647 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4648 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
4649 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
4650 | |
4651 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
4652 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. | |
4653 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol | |
4654 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
4655 | |
4656 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
4657 | |
4658 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
4659 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
4660 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
4661 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
4662 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
4663 | |
4664 ;;;*** | |
4665 | |
4666 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
4667 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
4668 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
4669 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
4670 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
4671 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
4672 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
4673 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
4674 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
26724 | 4675 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14398 37488)) |
25876 | 4676 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
4677 | |
4678 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4679 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
4680 | |
4681 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
4682 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
4683 | |
4684 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
4685 | |
4686 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
4687 | |
4688 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4689 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
4690 | |
4691 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
4692 | |
4693 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
4694 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
4695 | |
4696 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
4697 | |
4698 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4699 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 4700 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
4701 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 4702 |
4703 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
4704 | |
4705 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4706 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
4707 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4708 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4709 |
4710 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
4711 | |
4712 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
4713 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 4714 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 4715 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
4716 | |
4717 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
4718 | |
4719 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4720 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 4721 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
4722 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 4723 |
4724 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
4725 | |
4726 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4727 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 4728 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 4729 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 4730 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 4731 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
4732 | |
4733 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4734 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
4735 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4736 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4737 |
4738 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
4739 | |
4740 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4741 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
4742 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4743 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4744 |
4745 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
4746 | |
4747 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
4748 | |
4749 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4750 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
4751 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4752 follows: | |
4753 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4754 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4755 | |
4756 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4757 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
4758 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4759 follows: | |
4760 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4761 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4762 | |
4763 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4764 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4765 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4766 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 4767 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 4768 |
4769 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4770 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4771 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4772 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
4773 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 4774 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 4775 |
4776 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
4777 | |
4778 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4779 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
4780 | |
4781 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4782 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
4783 | |
4784 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
4785 | |
4786 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4787 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
4788 | |
4789 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4790 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
4791 | |
4792 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4793 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
4794 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4795 buffer." t nil) | |
4796 | |
4797 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4798 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
4799 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4800 buffer." t nil) | |
4801 | |
4802 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
4803 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 4804 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 4805 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
4806 | |
4807 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 4808 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
4809 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
4810 and don't ask the user. | |
4811 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
4812 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 4813 |
4814 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
4815 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
4816 | |
4817 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
4818 | |
4819 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
4820 | |
4821 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
4822 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
4823 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
26724 | 4824 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) |
25876 | 4825 |
4826 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
4827 | |
4828 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
4829 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
4830 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
4831 | |
4832 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
4833 Display Ediff's manual. | |
4834 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
4835 | |
4836 ;;;*** | |
4837 | |
26724 | 4838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123)) |
4839 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
4840 | |
4841 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
4842 | |
4843 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))) | |
4844 | |
4845 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
4846 | |
4847 ;;;*** | |
4848 | |
25876 | 4849 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
26724 | 4850 ;;;;;; (14398 37488)) |
25876 | 4851 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
4852 | |
4853 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
4854 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
4855 | |
4856 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
4857 | |
4858 ;;;*** | |
4859 | |
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
26724 | 4861 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134)) |
25876 | 4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
4863 | |
4864 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
4865 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
4866 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
4867 which see." t nil) | |
4868 | |
4869 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
4870 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
4871 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
4872 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
4873 | |
4874 ;;;*** | |
4875 | |
4876 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
4877 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
25998 | 4878 ;;;;;; (13957 59893)) |
25876 | 4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
4880 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
4881 | |
4882 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
4883 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
4884 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
4885 | |
4886 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4887 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
4888 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
4889 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
4890 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
4891 its command name. | |
4892 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
4893 | |
4894 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4895 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
4896 | |
4897 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4898 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
4899 | |
4900 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4901 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
4902 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
4903 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
4904 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
4905 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
4906 | |
4907 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
4908 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
4909 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
4910 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
4911 | |
4912 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4913 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
4914 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
4915 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
4916 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
4917 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
4918 | |
4919 ;;;*** | |
4920 | |
4921 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
25998 | 4922 ;;;;;; 33724)) |
25876 | 4923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
4924 | |
4925 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
4926 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
4927 | |
4928 ;;;*** | |
4929 | |
4930 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
25998 | 4931 ;;;;;; (13116 19762)) |
25876 | 4932 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
4933 | |
4934 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
4935 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
4936 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
4937 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
4938 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
4939 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
4940 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
4941 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
4942 | |
4943 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
4944 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
4945 | |
4946 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
4947 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
4948 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
4949 this value is non-nil. | |
4950 | |
4951 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
4952 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those | |
4953 things. | |
4954 | |
4955 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
4956 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
4957 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
4958 | |
4959 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
4960 | |
4961 ;;;*** | |
4962 | |
4963 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" | |
4964 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287)) | |
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el | |
4966 | |
4967 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
4968 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
4969 | |
4970 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
4971 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
4972 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
4973 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
4974 from the documentation string if possible. | |
4975 | |
4976 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
4977 instead. | |
4978 | |
4979 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
4980 | |
4981 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
4982 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
4983 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
4984 | |
4985 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
4986 of the mode. | |
4987 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
4988 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
4989 | |
4990 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
4991 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
4992 | |
4993 ;;;*** | |
4994 | |
26899 | 4995 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14409 |
4996 ;;;;;; 5684)) | |
4997 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el | |
4998 | |
4999 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5000 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5001 | |
5002 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5003 an elided material again. | |
5004 | |
5005 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5006 | |
5007 ;;;*** | |
5008 | |
25876 | 5009 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
25998 | 5010 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 5011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5012 | |
5013 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5014 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5015 | |
5016 ;;;*** | |
5017 | |
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package | |
5019 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) | |
25998 | 5020 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553)) |
25876 | 5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5022 | |
5023 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5024 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5025 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5026 | |
5027 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
5028 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
5029 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5030 | |
5031 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5032 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5033 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5034 | |
5035 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5036 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5037 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5038 | |
5039 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5040 | |
5041 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5042 Display current profiling results. | |
5043 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5044 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5045 displayed." t nil) | |
5046 | |
5047 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\ | |
5048 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil) | |
5049 | |
5050 ;;;*** | |
5051 | |
5052 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
25998 | 5053 ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
25876 | 5054 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5055 | |
5056 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5057 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5058 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5059 | |
5060 ;;;*** | |
5061 | |
5062 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5063 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
5064 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
5065 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
26724 | 5066 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
5068 | |
5069 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
5070 | |
5071 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
5072 | |
5073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
5074 | |
5075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
5076 | |
5077 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
5078 | |
5079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
5080 | |
5081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
5082 | |
5083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
5084 | |
5085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
5086 | |
5087 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
5088 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
5089 | |
5090 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5091 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5092 | |
5093 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
5094 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
5095 | |
5096 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5097 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5098 | |
5099 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5100 | |
5101 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5102 | |
5103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5104 | |
5105 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5106 | |
5107 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
5108 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
5109 | |
5110 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5111 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
5112 | |
5113 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
5114 | |
5115 ;;;*** | |
5116 | |
5117 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
25998 | 5118 ;;;;;; (14232 6060)) |
25876 | 5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
5120 | |
5121 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
5122 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
5123 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5124 | |
5125 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
5126 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
5127 automatically. | |
5128 | |
5129 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
5130 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
5131 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
5132 | |
5133 ;;;*** | |
5134 | |
5135 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
25998 | 5136 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403)) |
25876 | 5137 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
5138 | |
5139 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
5140 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
5141 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
5142 text/enriched format. | |
5143 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
5144 | |
5145 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
5146 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
5147 | |
5148 Commands: | |
5149 | |
5150 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5151 | |
5152 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5153 | |
5154 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5155 | |
5156 ;;;*** | |
5157 | |
25998 | 5158 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516)) |
25876 | 5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el |
5160 | |
5161 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\ | |
5162 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE. | |
5163 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is | |
5164 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed. | |
5165 | |
5166 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable. | |
5167 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable | |
5168 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value. | |
5169 | |
5170 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil) | |
5171 | |
5172 ;;;*** | |
5173 | |
5174 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | |
5175 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
5176 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
5177 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
5178 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list) | |
26899 | 5179 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46723)) |
25876 | 5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
5181 | |
5182 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
5183 *File name of tags table. | |
5184 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5185 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
5186 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5187 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
5188 | |
5189 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ | |
5190 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
5191 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
5192 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5193 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
5194 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5195 | |
5196 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
5197 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
5198 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
5199 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
5200 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
5201 | |
5202 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
5203 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
5204 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
5205 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
5206 | |
5207 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
5208 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
5209 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
5210 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
5211 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
5212 | |
5213 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5214 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
5215 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
5216 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
5217 | |
5218 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
5219 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
5220 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
5221 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
5222 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
5223 | |
5224 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
5225 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
5226 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
5227 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
5228 without directory names." nil nil) | |
5229 | |
5230 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
5231 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5232 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
5233 but does not select the buffer. | |
5234 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
5235 | |
5236 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5237 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5238 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5239 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5240 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5241 | |
5242 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5243 | |
5244 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5245 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5246 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5247 | |
5248 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5249 | |
5250 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5251 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5252 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
5253 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
5254 | |
5255 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5256 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5257 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5258 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5259 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5260 | |
5261 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5262 | |
5263 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5264 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5265 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5266 | |
5267 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5268 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
5269 | |
5270 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
5271 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5272 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
5273 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5274 around or before point. | |
5275 | |
5276 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5277 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5278 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5279 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5280 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5281 | |
5282 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5283 | |
5284 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5285 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5286 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5287 | |
5288 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5289 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
5290 | |
5291 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
5292 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5293 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
5294 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5295 around or before point. | |
5296 | |
5297 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5298 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5299 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5300 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5301 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5302 | |
5303 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5304 | |
5305 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5306 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5307 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5308 | |
5309 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5310 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
5311 | |
5312 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
5313 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
5314 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
5315 | |
5316 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5317 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5318 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5319 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5320 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5321 | |
5322 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
5323 | |
5324 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5325 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5326 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5327 | |
5328 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5329 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
5330 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
5331 | |
5332 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
5333 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
5334 | |
5335 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
5336 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
5337 where they were found." t nil) | |
5338 | |
5339 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
5340 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
5341 | |
5342 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
5343 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
5344 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
5345 | |
5346 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
5347 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
5348 | |
5349 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
5350 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
5351 | |
5352 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
5353 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
5354 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
5355 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
5356 | |
5357 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
5358 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
5359 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
5360 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
5361 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
5362 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
5363 | |
5364 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
5365 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
5366 Stops when a match is found. | |
5367 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5368 | |
5369 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5370 | |
5371 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
5372 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. | |
5373 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5374 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
5375 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5376 | |
5377 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5378 | |
5379 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
5380 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
5381 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
5382 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
5383 directory specification." t nil) | |
5384 | |
5385 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
5386 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
5387 | |
5388 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5389 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
5390 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
5391 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
5392 | |
5393 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5394 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
5395 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
5396 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
5397 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
5398 | |
5399 ;;;*** | |
5400 | |
5401 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
5402 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
5403 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
5404 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
5405 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
5406 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
5407 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal | |
5408 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" | |
25998 | 5409 ;;;;;; (14180 44101)) |
25876 | 5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
5411 | |
5412 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5413 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil) | |
5414 | |
5415 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
5416 | |
5417 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5418 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5419 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
5420 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5421 | |
5422 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
5423 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5424 language. | |
5425 | |
5426 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
5427 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
5428 | |
5429 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5430 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5431 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5432 | |
5433 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5434 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5435 | |
5436 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5437 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5438 | |
5439 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
5440 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5441 language. | |
5442 | |
5443 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
5444 buffer is read-only. | |
5445 | |
5446 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5447 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5448 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5449 | |
5450 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5451 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5452 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5453 | |
5454 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5455 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
5456 | |
5457 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
5458 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
5459 | |
5460 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
5461 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
5462 | |
5463 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5464 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5465 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
5466 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5467 | |
5468 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5469 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
5470 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5471 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5472 | |
5473 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
5474 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
5475 the primary language. | |
5476 | |
5477 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
5478 buffer is read-only. | |
5479 | |
5480 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5481 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5482 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5483 | |
5484 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5485 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
5486 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5487 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5488 | |
5489 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
5490 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
5491 primary language. | |
5492 | |
5493 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
5494 buffer is read-only. | |
5495 | |
5496 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5497 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5498 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5499 | |
5500 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5501 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5502 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5503 | |
5504 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5505 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
5506 | |
5507 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
5508 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
5509 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
5510 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
5511 | |
5512 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
5513 | |
5514 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5515 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
5516 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5517 | |
5518 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5519 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
5520 | |
5521 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5522 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
5523 | |
5524 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
5525 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
5526 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
5527 | |
5528 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
5529 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
5530 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
5531 | |
5532 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
5533 | |
5534 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5535 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
5536 | |
5537 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5538 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
5539 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
5540 | |
5541 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5542 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
5543 | |
5544 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5545 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
5546 | |
5547 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
5548 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
5549 | |
5550 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
5551 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
5552 | |
5553 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5554 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
5555 | |
5556 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5557 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
5558 | |
5559 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5560 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
5561 | |
5562 ;;;*** | |
5563 | |
5564 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) | |
25998 | 5565 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734)) |
25876 | 5566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
5567 | |
5568 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | |
5569 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
5570 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
5571 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
5572 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
5573 executable." t nil) | |
5574 | |
5575 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
5576 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
5577 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
5578 | |
5579 ;;;*** | |
5580 | |
5581 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
25998 | 5582 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49633)) |
25876 | 5583 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
5584 | |
5585 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
5586 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
5587 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
5588 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
5589 | |
5590 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
5591 | |
5592 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
5593 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
5594 to generate such functions. | |
5595 | |
5596 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
5597 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
5598 beginning of the expanded text. | |
5599 | |
5600 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
5601 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
5602 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
5603 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
5604 | |
5605 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
5606 | |
5607 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5608 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5609 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5610 | |
5611 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5612 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5613 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5614 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
5615 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
5616 | |
5617 ;;;*** | |
5618 | |
26899 | 5619 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36751)) |
25876 | 5620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
5621 | |
5622 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
5623 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
5624 | |
5625 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
5626 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
5627 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
5628 | |
5629 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
5630 | |
5631 Key definitions: | |
5632 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
5633 | |
5634 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
5635 | |
5636 f90-do-indent | |
5637 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
5638 f90-if-indent | |
5639 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
5640 f90-type-indent | |
5641 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
5642 f90-program-indent | |
5643 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
5644 (default 2) | |
5645 f90-continuation-indent | |
5646 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
5647 f90-comment-region | |
5648 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
5649 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
5650 f90-indented-comment-re | |
5651 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
5652 (default \"!\") | |
5653 f90-directive-comment-re | |
5654 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
5655 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
5656 f90-break-delimiters | |
5657 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
5658 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
5659 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
5660 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
5661 (default t) | |
5662 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
5663 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
5664 f90-smart-end | |
5665 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
5666 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
5667 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
5668 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
5669 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
5670 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
5671 f90-leave-line-no | |
5672 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
5673 f90-startup-message | |
5674 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
5675 f90-keywords-re | |
5676 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
5677 | |
5678 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
5679 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
5680 | |
5681 ;;;*** | |
5682 | |
5683 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
5684 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
5685 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
5686 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
26899 | 5687 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14411 63600)) |
25876 | 5688 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
5689 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
5690 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
5691 | |
5692 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
5693 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
5694 | |
5695 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
5696 | |
5697 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
5698 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
5699 | |
5700 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
5701 | |
5702 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
5703 Menu keymap for background colors") | |
5704 | |
5705 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
5706 | |
5707 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ | |
5708 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") | |
5709 | |
5710 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
5711 | |
5712 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ | |
5713 Submenu for text justification commands.") | |
5714 | |
5715 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
5716 | |
5717 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ | |
5718 Submenu for indentation commands.") | |
5719 | |
5720 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
5721 | |
5722 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
5723 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
5724 | |
5725 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
5726 | |
5727 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------"))) | |
5728 | |
5729 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
5730 | |
5731 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
5732 | |
5733 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
5734 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
5735 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
5736 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
5737 | |
5738 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
5739 | |
5740 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
5741 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
5742 | |
5743 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
5744 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5745 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
5746 | |
5747 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
5748 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed. | |
5749 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). | |
5750 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
5751 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
5752 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
5753 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5754 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
5755 | |
5756 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
5757 Set the background color of the region or next character typed. | |
5758 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). | |
5759 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
5760 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
5761 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
5762 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5763 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
5764 | |
5765 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
5766 Set the face of the region or next character typed. | |
5767 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | |
5768 is the menu item's name. | |
5769 | |
5770 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
5771 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
5772 | |
5773 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
5774 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5775 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
5776 | |
5777 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
5778 Make the region invisible. | |
5779 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
5780 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5781 | |
5782 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
5783 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
5784 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
5785 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5786 | |
5787 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
5788 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
5789 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
5790 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5791 | |
5792 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
5793 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
5794 | |
5795 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
5796 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
5797 | |
5798 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
5799 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
5800 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
5801 | |
5802 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
5803 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
5804 | |
5805 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
5806 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
5807 | |
5808 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
5809 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
5810 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
5811 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
5812 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
5813 | |
5814 ;;;*** | |
5815 | |
5816 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
25998 | 5817 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417)) |
25876 | 5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
5819 | |
5820 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
5821 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
5822 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
5823 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
5824 | |
5825 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
5826 | |
5827 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
5828 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
5829 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
5830 | |
5831 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
5832 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
5833 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
5834 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
5835 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
5836 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
5837 | |
5838 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
5839 | |
5840 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
5841 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
5842 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
5843 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
5844 | |
5845 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
5846 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
5847 | |
5848 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
5849 | |
5850 ;;;*** | |
5851 | |
5852 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
5853 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
26899 | 5854 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114)) |
25876 | 5855 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
5856 | |
5857 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
5858 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
5859 | |
5860 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
5861 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
5862 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
5863 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
5864 | |
5865 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
5866 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
5867 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
5868 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
5869 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
5870 | |
5871 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
5872 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
5873 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
5874 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
5875 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
5876 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
5877 internally by feedmail): | |
5878 | |
5879 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
5880 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
5881 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
5882 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
5883 | |
5884 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
5885 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
5886 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
5887 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
5888 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
5889 | |
5890 ;;;*** | |
5891 | |
26899 | 5892 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point |
5893 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14411 58300)) | |
25876 | 5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
5895 | |
5896 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
5897 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
5898 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
5899 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
5900 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
5901 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
5902 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
5903 | |
5904 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
5905 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
5906 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
5907 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
5908 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
5909 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
5910 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
5911 | |
5912 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 5913 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 5914 |
5915 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
5916 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
5917 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
5918 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
5919 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
5920 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
5921 | |
5922 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
5923 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
5924 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
5925 Return value: | |
5926 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
5927 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
5928 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
5929 | |
5930 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
5931 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
5932 | |
5933 ;;;*** | |
5934 | |
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
5936 ;;;;;; (14332 47759)) |
25876 | 5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
5938 | |
5939 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
5940 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
5941 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
5942 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
5943 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | |
5944 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
5945 \(directories) is done." t nil) | |
5946 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
5947 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
5948 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
5949 | |
5950 ;;;*** | |
5951 | |
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
26724 | 5953 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
5955 | |
5956 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
5957 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
5958 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
5959 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
5960 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
5961 | |
5962 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
5963 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
5964 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
5965 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
5966 | |
5967 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
5968 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
5969 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
5970 | |
5971 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
5972 | |
5973 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
5974 as the final argument." t nil) | |
5975 | |
5976 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
5977 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
5978 and run dired on those files. | |
5979 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
5980 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
5981 | |
5982 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
5983 | |
5984 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
5985 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
5986 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
5987 | |
5988 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
5989 | |
5990 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
5991 | |
5992 ;;;*** | |
5993 | |
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
5995 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
5996 ;;;;;; (13937 22881)) | |
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el | |
5998 | |
5999 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6000 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6001 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;. | |
6002 | |
6003 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
6004 | |
6005 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6006 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6007 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
6008 | |
6009 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
6010 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
6011 | |
6012 Variables of interest include: | |
6013 | |
6014 - ff-case-fold-search | |
6015 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search). | |
6016 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | |
6017 | |
6018 - ff-always-in-other-window | |
6019 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | |
6020 argument is given to ff-find-other-file. | |
6021 | |
6022 - ff-ignore-include | |
6023 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | |
6024 | |
6025 - ff-always-try-to-create | |
6026 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | |
6027 | |
6028 - ff-quiet-mode | |
6029 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | |
6030 | |
6031 - ff-special-constructs | |
6032 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
6033 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
6034 extracting the filename from that construct. | |
6035 | |
6036 - ff-other-file-alist | |
6037 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | |
6038 | |
6039 - ff-search-directories | |
6040 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | |
6041 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension. | |
6042 | |
6043 - ff-pre-find-hooks | |
6044 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | |
6045 | |
6046 - ff-pre-load-hooks | |
6047 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | |
6048 | |
6049 - ff-post-load-hooks | |
6050 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | |
6051 | |
6052 - ff-not-found-hooks | |
6053 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | |
6054 | |
6055 - ff-file-created-hooks | |
6056 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) | |
6057 | |
6058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6059 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6060 | |
6061 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
6062 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6063 | |
6064 ;;;*** | |
6065 | |
6066 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
6067 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
6068 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
6069 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
6070 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
26724 | 6071 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) |
25876 | 6072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
6073 | |
6074 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6075 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
6076 | |
6077 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
6078 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6079 not selected. | |
6080 | |
6081 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
6082 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
6083 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6084 | |
6085 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
6086 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
6087 | |
6088 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
6089 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6090 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6091 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6092 | |
6093 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
6094 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6095 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6096 | |
6097 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6098 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6099 | |
6100 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6101 | |
6102 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6103 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6104 | |
6105 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6106 | |
6107 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6108 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
6109 | |
6110 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
6111 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6112 not selected. | |
6113 | |
6114 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6115 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6116 | |
6117 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
6118 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
6119 | |
6120 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
6121 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6122 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6123 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6124 | |
6125 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6126 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6127 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6128 | |
6129 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6130 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6131 | |
6132 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6133 | |
6134 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6135 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6136 | |
6137 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6138 | |
6139 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
6140 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
6141 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
6142 | |
6143 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6144 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6145 | |
6146 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6147 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6148 | |
6149 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
6150 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
6151 | |
6152 ;;;*** | |
6153 | |
6154 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" | |
25998 | 6155 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 6156 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
6157 | |
6158 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6159 Toggle flow control handling. | |
6160 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
6161 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
6162 | |
6163 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6164 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
6165 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
6166 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
6167 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
6168 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
6169 | |
6170 ;;;*** | |
6171 | |
6172 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
25998 | 6173 ;;;;;; (14218 4428)) |
25876 | 6174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
6175 | |
6176 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
6177 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
6178 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
6179 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
6180 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
6181 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
6182 | |
6183 Bindings: | |
6184 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
6185 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
6186 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
6187 | |
6188 Hooks: | |
6189 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
6190 | |
6191 Remark: | |
6192 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
6193 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
6194 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
6195 | |
6196 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
6197 consider adding: | |
6198 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
6199 in your .emacs file. | |
6200 | |
6201 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
6202 | |
6203 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
6204 | |
6205 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | |
6206 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
6207 | |
6208 ;;;*** | |
6209 | |
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
6211 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
26899 | 6212 ;;;;;; (14392 8635)) |
25876 | 6213 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
6214 | |
6215 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6216 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6217 | |
6218 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6219 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6220 | |
6221 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6222 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
6223 | |
6224 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
6225 of two major techniques: | |
6226 | |
6227 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
6228 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
6229 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
6230 | |
6231 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
6232 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
6233 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
6234 movement commands. | |
6235 | |
6236 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
6237 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
6238 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
6239 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
6240 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
6241 mileage may vary). | |
6242 | |
6243 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
6244 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
6245 | |
6246 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
6247 | |
6248 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
6249 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
6250 \(This is the default.) | |
6251 | |
6252 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
6253 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
6254 | |
6255 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
6256 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6257 | |
6258 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
6259 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
6260 | |
6261 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
6262 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
6263 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
6264 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
6265 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
6266 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
6267 | |
6268 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
6269 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
6270 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
6271 | |
6272 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
6273 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
6274 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
6275 | |
6276 ;;;*** | |
6277 | |
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
26899 | 6279 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords |
6280 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" | |
6281 ;;;;;; (14415 42514)) | |
25876 | 6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
6283 | |
6284 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ | |
6285 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
6286 | |
6287 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
6288 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
6289 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6290 | |
6291 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
6292 | |
6293 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
6294 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
6295 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
6296 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6297 | |
6298 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in | |
6299 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6300 | |
6301 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
6302 | |
6303 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
6304 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
6305 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6306 | |
6307 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
6308 | |
6309 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
6310 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
6311 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
6312 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
6313 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
6314 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
6315 | |
6316 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
6317 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6318 | |
6319 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
6320 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
6321 | |
6322 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
6323 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
6324 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
6325 | |
6326 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
6327 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
6328 | |
6329 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
6330 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
6331 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
6332 | |
6333 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
6334 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
6335 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
6336 | |
6337 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
6338 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
6339 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
6340 | |
6341 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 6342 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
6343 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 6344 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
6345 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6346 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
6347 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
6348 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
6349 end of the current highlighting list. | |
6350 | |
6351 For example: | |
6352 | |
6353 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
6354 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
6355 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
6356 | |
6357 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
6358 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
6359 | |
6360 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
6361 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
6362 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
6363 | |
26899 | 6364 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
6365 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS from the current buffer. | |
6366 A non-nil MODE is currently unsupported." nil nil) | |
6367 | |
25876 | 6368 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
6369 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6370 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
6371 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
6372 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
6373 | |
6374 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6375 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil) | |
6376 | |
25998 | 6377 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
6378 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6379 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6380 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
6381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
6382 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
6383 | |
6384 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
6385 | |
6386 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
6387 | |
25876 | 6388 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 6389 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 6390 |
6391 ;;;*** | |
6392 | |
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
26899 | 6394 ;;;;;; (14422 54140)) |
25876 | 6395 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
6396 | |
6397 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
6398 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
6399 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
6400 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
6401 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
6402 | |
6403 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles | |
6404 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles. | |
6405 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from | |
6406 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT | |
6407 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant | |
6408 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set. | |
6409 | |
6410 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
6411 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
6412 | |
6413 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
6414 | |
6415 ;;;*** | |
6416 | |
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) | |
26724 | 6418 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
25876 | 6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
6420 | |
6421 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
6422 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
6423 | |
6424 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
6425 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
6426 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
6427 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
6428 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
6429 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
6430 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
6431 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
6432 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
6433 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
6434 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
6435 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
6436 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
6437 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
6438 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
6439 " t nil) | |
6440 | |
6441 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
6442 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
6443 | |
6444 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
6445 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
6446 | |
6447 ;;;*** | |
6448 | |
6449 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
26724 | 6450 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 6451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
6452 | |
6453 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
6454 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
6455 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
6456 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
6457 with a character in column 6.") | |
6458 | |
6459 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
6460 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
6461 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
6462 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
6463 | |
6464 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
6465 Fortran keywords. | |
6466 | |
6467 Key definitions: | |
6468 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
6469 | |
6470 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6471 | |
6472 `comment-start' | |
6473 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments | |
6474 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | |
6475 `fortran-do-indent' | |
6476 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6477 `fortran-if-indent' | |
6478 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
6479 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
6480 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
6481 (default 3) | |
6482 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
6483 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
6484 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
6485 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
6486 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
6487 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
6488 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
6489 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
6490 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6491 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
6492 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
6493 indentation for a line of code. | |
6494 (default 'fixed) | |
6495 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
6496 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
6497 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
6498 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
6499 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
6500 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6501 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
6502 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
6503 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
6504 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
6505 column 5. (default 1) | |
6506 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
6507 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
6508 statements. (default nil) | |
6509 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
6510 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
6511 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
6512 statement. (default nil) | |
6513 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
6514 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
6515 line. (default \"$\") | |
6516 `fortran-comment-region' | |
6517 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6518 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
6519 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
6520 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
6521 as typed. (default t) | |
6522 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 6523 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 6524 (default t) |
6525 | |
6526 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
6527 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6528 | |
6529 ;;;*** | |
6530 | |
6531 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
25998 | 6532 ;;;;;; (13973 3308)) |
25876 | 6533 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
6534 | |
6535 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6536 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
6537 | |
6538 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
6539 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
6540 | |
6541 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
6542 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
6543 function. | |
6544 | |
6545 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
6546 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
6547 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
6548 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
6549 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively. | |
6550 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
6551 | |
6552 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
6553 Each keyword should be a string. | |
6554 | |
6555 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
6556 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
6557 | |
6558 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist. | |
6559 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
6560 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
6561 | |
6562 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
6563 | |
6564 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
6565 | |
6566 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6567 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
6568 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
6569 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
6570 | |
6571 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
6572 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
6573 | |
6574 ;;;*** | |
6575 | |
6576 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server | |
6577 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469)) | |
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el | |
6579 | |
6580 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6581 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
6582 | |
6583 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6584 Read network news. | |
6585 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6586 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
6587 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6588 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
6589 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
6590 | |
6591 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
6592 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
6593 | |
6594 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
6595 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
6596 | |
6597 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
6598 Read network news. | |
6599 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6600 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6601 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
6602 | |
6603 ;;;*** | |
6604 | |
6605 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
6606 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
25998 | 6607 ;;;;;; (14030 49649)) |
25876 | 6608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
6609 | |
6610 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6611 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
6612 | |
6613 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6614 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
6615 | |
6616 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6617 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
6618 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
6619 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
6620 | |
6621 \(gnus-agentize) | |
6622 | |
6623 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
6624 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
6625 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
6626 | |
6627 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6628 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
6629 | |
6630 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
6631 | |
6632 ;;;*** | |
6633 | |
6634 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
6635 ;;;;;; (14030 49345)) | |
6636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el | |
6637 | |
6638 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
6639 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil) | |
6640 | |
6641 ;;;*** | |
6642 | |
6643 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
6644 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030 | |
6645 ;;;;;; 49350)) | |
6646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el | |
6647 | |
6648 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6649 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
6650 | |
6651 Usage: | |
6652 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
6653 | |
6654 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6655 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
6656 | |
6657 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6658 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
6659 | |
6660 ;;;*** | |
6661 | |
6662 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
25998 | 6663 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552)) |
25876 | 6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
6665 | |
6666 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
6667 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
6668 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
6669 | |
6670 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
6671 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
6672 | |
6673 ;;;*** | |
6674 | |
6675 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
6676 ;;;;;; (14030 49385)) | |
6677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el | |
6678 | |
6679 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
6680 | |
6681 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
6682 Run batched scoring. | |
6683 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
6684 | |
6685 ;;;*** | |
6686 | |
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
6688 ;;;;;; (14030 49391)) | |
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el | |
6690 | |
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
6692 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
6693 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
6694 | |
6695 ;;;*** | |
6696 | |
6697 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" | |
25998 | 6698 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540)) |
25876 | 6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
6700 | |
6701 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
6702 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
6703 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
6704 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as | |
6705 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil) | |
6706 | |
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
6708 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil) | |
6709 | |
6710 ;;;*** | |
6711 | |
6712 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
6713 ;;;;;; (14030 49414)) | |
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el | |
6715 | |
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
6717 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
6718 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
6719 for matching on group names. | |
6720 | |
6721 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
6722 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
6723 | |
6724 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
6725 | |
6726 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
6727 | |
6728 ;;;*** | |
6729 | |
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
6731 ;;;;;; (14030 49416)) | |
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el | |
6733 | |
6734 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
6735 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
6736 | |
6737 ;;;*** | |
6738 | |
6739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
26724 | 6740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937)) |
25876 | 6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
6742 | |
6743 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
6744 Unload all Gnus features." t nil) | |
6745 | |
6746 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
6747 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
6748 | |
6749 ;;;*** | |
6750 | |
6751 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
6752 ;;;;;; (14030 49464)) | |
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el | |
6754 | |
6755 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
6756 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
6757 | |
6758 ;;;*** | |
6759 | |
25998 | 6760 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566)) |
25876 | 6761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
6762 | |
6763 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
6764 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
6765 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
6766 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
6767 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
6768 | |
6769 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
6770 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
6771 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
6772 | |
6773 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
6774 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
6775 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
6776 | |
6777 ;;;*** | |
6778 | |
6779 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
26724 | 6780 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el |
6782 | |
6783 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6784 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
6785 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
6786 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
6787 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
6788 | |
6789 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6790 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
6791 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
6792 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
6793 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
6794 | |
6795 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6796 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
6797 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
6798 or to send e-mail. | |
6799 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
6800 | |
6801 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
6802 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
6803 | |
6804 ;;;*** | |
6805 | |
25998 | 6806 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
25876 | 6807 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
6808 | |
6809 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
6810 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
6811 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
6812 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
6813 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
6814 | |
6815 ;;;*** | |
6816 | |
6817 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
26899 | 6818 ;;;;;; (14369 61755)) |
25876 | 6819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
6820 | |
6821 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
6822 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6823 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6824 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6825 | |
6826 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
6827 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6828 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6829 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6830 | |
6831 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
6832 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6834 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6835 | |
6836 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
6837 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6838 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6839 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
6840 | |
6841 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
6842 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
6843 | |
6844 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
6845 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6846 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6847 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6848 | |
6849 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
6850 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
6851 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6852 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6853 | |
6854 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
6855 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
6856 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
6857 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
6858 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
6859 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
6860 | |
6861 ;;;*** | |
6862 | |
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 6864 ;;;;;; 23942)) |
25876 | 6865 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
6866 | |
6867 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
6868 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
6869 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
6870 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
6871 | |
6872 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
6873 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
6874 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
6875 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
6876 | |
6877 ;;;*** | |
6878 | |
25998 | 6879 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
6880 ;;;;;; (14268 8415)) | |
25876 | 6881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
6882 | |
6883 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 6884 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
6885 | |
6886 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
6887 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
6888 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
6889 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
6890 | |
6891 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
6892 | |
6893 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
6894 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
6895 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
6896 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
6897 to be updated." t nil) | |
6898 | |
6899 ;;;*** | |
6900 | |
6901 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
6902 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 6903 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
6904 | |
6905 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
6906 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
6907 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
6908 and window listing and describing the options. | |
6909 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
6910 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
6911 | |
6912 ;;;*** | |
6913 | |
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
6915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574)) | |
6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el | |
6917 | |
6918 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
6919 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
6920 | |
6921 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
6922 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
6923 | |
6924 ;;;*** | |
6925 | |
6926 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
25998 | 6927 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064)) |
25876 | 6928 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
6929 | |
6930 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 6931 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
6932 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
6933 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
6934 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 6935 |
6936 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
6937 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
6938 | |
6939 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
6940 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
6941 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
6942 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
6943 | |
6944 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
6945 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
6946 periods. | |
6947 | |
6948 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
6949 in hexl format. | |
6950 | |
6951 A sample format: | |
6952 | |
6953 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
6954 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
6955 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
6956 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
6957 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
6958 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
6959 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
6960 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
6961 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
6962 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
6963 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
6964 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
6965 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
6966 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
6967 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
6968 | |
6969 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
6970 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
6971 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
6972 | |
6973 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
6974 also supported. | |
6975 | |
6976 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
6977 | |
6978 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
6979 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
6980 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
6981 | |
6982 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
6983 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
6984 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
6985 | |
6986 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
6987 into the buffer at the current point. | |
6988 | |
6989 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
6990 into the buffer at the current point. | |
6991 | |
6992 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
6993 into the buffer at the current point. | |
6994 | |
6995 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
6996 | |
6997 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
6998 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
6999 | |
25998 | 7000 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 7001 |
7002 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
7003 | |
7004 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
7005 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
7006 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
7007 | |
7008 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
7009 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
7010 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
7011 | |
7012 ;;;*** | |
7013 | |
7014 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | |
26899 | 7015 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 1648)) |
25876 | 7016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
7017 | |
25998 | 7018 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
7019 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
7020 | |
25876 | 7021 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
7022 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
7023 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
7024 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
7025 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
7026 how the hiding is done: | |
7027 | |
7028 hide-ifdef-env | |
7029 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
7030 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7031 is used. | |
7032 | |
7033 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
7034 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
7035 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7036 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7037 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
7038 | |
7039 hide-ifdef-lines | |
7040 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
7041 #endif lines when hiding. | |
7042 | |
7043 hide-ifdef-initially | |
7044 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
7045 is activated. | |
7046 | |
7047 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
7048 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
7049 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
7050 | |
7051 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7052 | |
7053 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
7054 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
7055 | |
7056 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
7057 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
7058 | |
7059 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
7060 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
7061 | |
7062 ;;;*** | |
7063 | |
7064 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all | |
7065 ;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) | |
7066 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001)) | |
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el | |
7068 | |
7069 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
7070 Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") | |
7071 | |
7072 (defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\ | |
7073 Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block. | |
7074 If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the | |
7075 hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown. | |
7076 A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see. | |
7077 | |
7078 An example of how this works: (in C mode) | |
7079 original: | |
7080 | |
7081 /* My function main | |
7082 some more stuff about main | |
7083 */ | |
7084 int | |
7085 main(void) | |
7086 { | |
7087 int x=0; | |
7088 return 0; | |
7089 } | |
7090 | |
7091 | |
7092 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil | |
7093 /* My function main... | |
7094 */ | |
7095 int | |
7096 main(void) | |
7097 {... | |
7098 } | |
7099 | |
7100 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t | |
7101 /* My function main... | |
7102 int | |
7103 main(void)... | |
7104 | |
7105 For the last case you have to be on the line containing the | |
7106 ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.") | |
7107 | |
7108 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
7109 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. | |
7110 It has the form | |
7111 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). | |
7112 If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end | |
7113 and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have | |
7114 single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used | |
7115 by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is | |
7116 available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of | |
7117 `forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' | |
7118 to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
7119 | |
7120 If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values | |
7121 using function `hs-grok-mode-type'. | |
7122 | |
7123 Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.") | |
7124 | |
7125 (autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\ | |
7126 Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines. | |
7127 Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook | |
7128 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'. | |
7129 If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil) | |
7130 | |
7131 (autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\ | |
7132 Toggle hiding/showing of a block. | |
7133 Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil) | |
7134 | |
7135 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
7136 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
7137 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7138 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
7139 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
7140 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
7141 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc | |
7142 for `run-hooks'. | |
7143 | |
7144 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
7145 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. | |
7146 Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'. | |
7147 | |
7148 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
7149 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
7150 | |
7151 Key bindings: | |
7152 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7153 | |
7154 ;;;*** | |
7155 | |
7156 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
7157 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
7158 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
25998 | 7159 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009)) |
25876 | 7160 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
7161 | |
25998 | 7162 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
7163 | |
25876 | 7164 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
7165 Remove the change face from the region. | |
7166 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) | |
7167 | |
7168 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7169 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
7170 | |
7171 Without an argument, | |
7172 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active | |
7173 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state); | |
7174 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states. | |
7175 | |
7176 With an argument, | |
7177 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active; | |
7178 with a zero argument, set state to passive; | |
7179 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
7180 | |
7181 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
7182 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | |
7183 not displayed in a different face. | |
7184 | |
7185 Functions: | |
7186 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
7187 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
7188 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
7189 buffer with the contents of a file | |
7190 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
7191 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
7192 various faces. | |
7193 | |
7194 | |
7195 Hook variables: | |
7196 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled. | |
7197 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state | |
7198 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | |
7199 " t nil) | |
7200 | |
7201 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7202 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7203 | |
7204 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7205 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7206 | |
7207 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7208 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
7209 | |
7210 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element | |
7211 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the | |
7212 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | |
7213 shown in the last face in the list. | |
7214 | |
7215 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
7216 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the | |
7217 buffer to be saved): | |
7218 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | |
7219 " t nil) | |
7220 | |
7221 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7222 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
7223 | |
7224 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
7225 and not in read-only mode. | |
7226 | |
7227 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default | |
7228 when called interactively. | |
7229 | |
7230 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will | |
7231 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in | |
7232 temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
7233 | |
7234 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
7235 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
7236 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) | |
7237 | |
7238 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7239 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
7240 | |
7241 When called interactively: | |
7242 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
7243 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
7244 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
7245 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
7246 | |
7247 When called from a program: | |
7248 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
7249 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode | |
7250 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode | |
7251 - otherwise just turn it on | |
7252 | |
7253 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
7254 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
7255 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
7256 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) | |
7257 | |
7258 ;;;*** | |
7259 | |
7260 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
7261 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
7262 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 7263 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
7264 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488)) | |
25876 | 7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
7266 | |
7267 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
7268 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
7269 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
7270 or insert functions in this list.") | |
7271 | |
7272 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
7273 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
7274 | |
7275 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
7276 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
7277 | |
7278 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
7279 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
7280 | |
7281 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
7282 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
7283 | |
7284 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
7285 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
7286 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
7287 | |
7288 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
7289 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
7290 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7291 \(as atoms)") | |
7292 | |
7293 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
7294 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
7295 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7296 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
7297 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
7298 | |
7299 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7300 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
7301 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
7302 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
7303 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
7304 expansions. | |
7305 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
7306 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
7307 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
7308 | |
7309 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7310 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
7311 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
7312 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
7313 | |
7314 ;;;*** | |
7315 | |
25998 | 7316 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
7317 ;;;;;; (14248 36723)) | |
7318 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el | |
7319 | |
7320 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ | |
7321 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.") | |
7322 | |
7323 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7324 | |
7325 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
7326 | |
7327 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
7328 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point. | |
7329 | |
7330 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7331 Only useful with a windowing system. | |
7332 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
7333 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
7334 | |
7335 ;;;*** | |
7336 | |
25876 | 7337 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
7338 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
7339 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
7340 | |
7341 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
7342 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
7343 | |
7344 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
7345 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
7346 | |
7347 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
7348 | |
7349 ;;;*** | |
7350 | |
7351 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
25998 | 7352 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671)) |
25876 | 7353 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
7354 | |
7355 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7356 This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
25876 | 7357 |
7358 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7359 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7360 |
7361 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7362 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7363 |
7364 ;;;*** | |
7365 | |
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
26899 | 7367 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14392 202)) |
25876 | 7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
7369 | |
7370 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
7371 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
7372 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
7373 | |
7374 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
7375 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
7376 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
7377 | |
7378 ;;;*** | |
7379 | |
25998 | 7380 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403)) |
25876 | 7381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
7382 | |
7383 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
7384 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
7385 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
7386 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
7387 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
7388 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
7389 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
7390 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
7391 icon-tab-always-indent | |
7392 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
7393 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
7394 icon-auto-newline | |
7395 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
7396 inserted in Icon code. | |
7397 icon-indent-level | |
7398 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
7399 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
7400 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
7401 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
7402 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
7403 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
7404 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
7405 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
7406 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
7407 icon-brace-offset | |
7408 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
7409 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
7410 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
7411 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
7412 | |
7413 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
7414 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7415 | |
7416 ;;;*** | |
7417 | |
25998 | 7418 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263)) |
25876 | 7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
7420 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
7421 | |
7422 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
7423 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
7424 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
7425 | |
7426 ;;;*** | |
7427 | |
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image | |
7429 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header) | |
26724 | 7430 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14345 52910)) |
25876 | 7431 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
7432 | |
7433 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ | |
7434 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
7435 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
7436 be determined." nil nil) | |
7437 | |
7438 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
7439 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
7440 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
7441 | |
7442 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
7443 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE. | |
7444 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted | |
7445 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes. | |
7446 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type. | |
7447 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, | |
7448 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'. | |
7449 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) | |
7450 | |
7451 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 7452 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 7453 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 7454 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
7455 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
7456 image. | |
25876 | 7457 POS may be an integer or marker. |
7458 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
7459 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7460 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7461 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7462 |
7463 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
7464 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 7465 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
7466 with a `display' property whose value is the image. | |
25876 | 7467 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
7468 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7469 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7470 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7471 |
7472 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
7473 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
7474 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
7475 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
7476 | |
7477 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ | |
7478 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
7479 | |
7480 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
7481 documentation string. | |
7482 | |
7483 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
7484 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
7485 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE | |
7486 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the | |
7487 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE | |
7488 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL. | |
7489 | |
7490 Example: | |
7491 | |
7492 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
7493 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
7494 | |
7495 ;;;*** | |
7496 | |
7497 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
25998 | 7498 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489)) |
25876 | 7499 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
7500 | |
7501 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
7502 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
7503 | |
7504 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
7505 | |
7506 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
7507 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
7508 in the buffer. | |
7509 | |
7510 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
7511 | |
7512 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
7513 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
7514 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
7515 | |
7516 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
7517 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7518 | |
7519 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
7520 to create a buffer index. | |
7521 | |
7522 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
7523 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
7524 or like this: | |
7525 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
7526 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
7527 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
7528 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...) | |
7529 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
7530 | |
7531 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
7532 entries are not nested. | |
7533 | |
7534 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
7535 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
7536 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
7537 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
7538 | |
7539 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
7540 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
7541 | |
7542 The variable is buffer-local. | |
7543 | |
7544 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
7545 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
7546 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
7547 | |
7548 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
7549 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
7550 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
7551 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
7552 | |
7553 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
7554 | |
7555 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
7556 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7557 | |
7558 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
7559 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
7560 | |
7561 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
7562 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
7563 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
7564 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
7565 if it is a sub-alist. | |
7566 | |
7567 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
7568 | |
7569 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
7570 | |
7571 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
7572 | |
7573 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
7574 Function for finding the next index position. | |
7575 | |
7576 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
7577 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
7578 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
7579 file. | |
7580 | |
7581 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
7582 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
7583 | |
7584 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7585 | |
7586 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
7587 | |
7588 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
7589 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
7590 | |
7591 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
7592 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
7593 It should return the name for that index item. | |
7594 | |
7595 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7596 | |
7597 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
7598 | |
25998 | 7599 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
7600 Function to compare string with index item. | |
7601 | |
7602 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
7603 non-nil if they match. | |
7604 | |
7605 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
7606 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
7607 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
7608 arguments match\". | |
7609 | |
7610 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7611 | |
7612 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
7613 | |
25876 | 7614 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
7615 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
7616 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
7617 | |
7618 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
7619 | |
7620 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
7621 | |
7622 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
7623 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
7624 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
7625 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
7626 | |
7627 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
7628 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
7629 | |
7630 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
7631 | |
7632 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
7633 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
7634 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
7635 for more information." t nil) | |
7636 | |
7637 ;;;*** | |
7638 | |
25998 | 7639 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
7640 ;;;;;; (13898 16429)) | |
7641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el | |
25876 | 7642 |
7643 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
7644 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
7645 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
7646 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
7647 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
7648 | |
7649 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
7650 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
7651 | |
7652 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
7653 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
7654 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
7655 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
7656 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
7657 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
7658 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
7659 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
7660 | |
7661 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
7662 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
7663 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
7664 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
7665 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
7666 | |
7667 More precise choices: | |
7668 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
7669 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
7670 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
7671 | |
7672 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
7673 | |
7674 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
7675 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
7676 | |
7677 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
7678 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
7679 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
7680 to that buffer. | |
7681 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
7682 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
7683 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
7684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
7685 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
7686 | |
7687 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
7688 | |
7689 ;;;*** | |
7690 | |
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
7692 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window) | |
26899 | 7693 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14411 63935)) |
25876 | 7694 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
7695 | |
7696 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
7697 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
7698 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
7699 | |
7700 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
7701 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
7702 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
7703 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 7704 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
7705 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 7706 |
7707 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
7708 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
7709 | |
7710 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
7711 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | |
7712 in all the directories in that path." t nil) | |
7713 | |
7714 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
7715 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
7716 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
7717 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
7718 | |
7719 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ | |
7720 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
7721 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
7722 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
7723 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
7724 | |
7725 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
7726 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
7727 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. | |
7728 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
7729 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
7730 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
7731 | |
7732 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
7733 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
7734 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
7735 | |
7736 ;;;*** | |
7737 | |
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
7739 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
25998 | 7740 ;;;;;; (14272 15606)) |
25876 | 7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
7742 | |
7743 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
7744 Throw away all cached data. | |
7745 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
7746 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
7747 system." t nil) | |
7748 | |
7749 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
7750 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
7751 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
7752 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
7753 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 7754 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
7755 | |
7756 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 7757 |
7758 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
7759 Display the documentation of a file. | |
7760 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
7761 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
7762 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 7763 The default file name is the one found at point. |
7764 | |
7765 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 7766 |
7767 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
7768 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
7769 | |
7770 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
7771 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
7772 | |
7773 ;;;*** | |
7774 | |
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 7776 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
7778 | |
7779 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
7780 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
7781 | |
7782 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
7783 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
7784 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
7785 | |
7786 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
7787 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
7788 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
7789 | |
7790 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
7791 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
7792 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
7793 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
7794 | |
7795 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
7796 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
7797 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
7798 | |
7799 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
7800 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
7801 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
7802 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
7803 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
7804 | |
7805 ;;;*** | |
7806 | |
7807 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
7808 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
25998 | 7809 ;;;;;; (13770 35556)) |
25876 | 7810 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
7811 | |
7812 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
7813 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
7814 | |
7815 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
7816 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
7817 | |
7818 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
7819 | |
7820 ;;;*** | |
7821 | |
7822 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
26899 | 7823 ;;;;;; (14388 11031)) |
25876 | 7824 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
7825 | |
7826 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
7827 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
7828 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
7829 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
7830 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
7831 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
7832 | |
7833 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
7834 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
7835 | |
7836 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
7837 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
7838 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
7839 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
7840 /a gives a with ring. | |
7841 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
7842 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
7843 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
7844 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
7845 | |
7846 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
7847 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
7848 | |
7849 ;;;*** | |
7850 | |
7851 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
7852 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex | |
7853 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" | |
25998 | 7854 ;;;;;; (13768 42838)) |
25876 | 7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
7856 | |
7857 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7858 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
7859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7861 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7862 | |
7863 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7864 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
7865 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7866 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7867 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7868 | |
7869 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7870 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
7871 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7872 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7873 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7874 | |
7875 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7876 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
7877 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7878 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7879 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7880 | |
7881 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7882 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
7883 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7884 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7885 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7886 | |
7887 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7888 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
7889 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7890 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7891 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7892 | |
7893 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7894 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
7895 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
7896 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
7897 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
7898 | |
7899 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7900 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
7901 | |
7902 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7903 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
7904 | |
7905 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
7906 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
7907 | |
7908 ;;;*** | |
7909 | |
7910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
25998 | 7911 ;;;;;; (14164 4477)) |
25876 | 7912 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
7913 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
7914 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
7915 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
7916 | |
7917 ;;;*** | |
7918 | |
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | |
7920 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | |
7921 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
7922 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 7923 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
26899 | 7924 ;;;;;; (14381 63241)) |
25998 | 7925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 7926 |
7927 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ | |
7928 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
7929 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
7930 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
7931 | |
7932 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
7933 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
7934 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
7935 | |
7936 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | |
7937 | |
7938 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
7939 | |
7940 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | |
7941 | |
7942 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
7943 | |
7944 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
7945 | |
25998 | 7946 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 7947 |
7948 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
7949 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
7950 | |
7951 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
7952 | |
7953 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
7954 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
7955 | |
7956 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
7957 nil means the default dictionary. | |
7958 | |
7959 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
7960 word. | |
7961 | |
7962 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
7963 | |
7964 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
7965 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
7966 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
7967 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
7968 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
7969 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
7970 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
7971 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
7972 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
7973 | |
7974 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
7975 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
7976 single word. | |
7977 | |
7978 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
7979 subprocess. | |
7980 | |
7981 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
7982 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
7983 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
7984 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
7985 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
7986 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
7987 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
7988 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
7989 | |
7990 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
7991 | |
7992 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
7993 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
7994 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
7995 | |
7996 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
7997 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
7998 | |
7999 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
8000 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
8001 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
8002 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
8003 | |
8004 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version)))) | |
8005 | |
8006 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))) | |
8007 | |
8008 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))) | |
8009 | |
8010 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))) | |
8011 | |
8012 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
8013 | |
8014 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\ | |
8015 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | |
8016 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
8017 Valid forms include: | |
8018 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
8019 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
8020 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
8021 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
8022 | |
8023 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | |
8024 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | |
8025 First list is used raw. | |
8026 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
8027 | |
8028 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
8029 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
8030 | |
8031 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
8032 | |
8033 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8034 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
8035 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
8036 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
8037 | |
8038 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
8039 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
8040 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
8041 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
8042 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
8043 | |
8044 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
8045 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
8046 | |
8047 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
8048 | |
8049 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
8050 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil) | |
8051 | |
8052 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
8053 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
8054 | |
8055 Selections are: | |
8056 | |
8057 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
8058 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
8059 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
8060 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
8061 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
8062 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
8063 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
8064 `?': Show these commands. | |
8065 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
8066 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
8067 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
8068 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
8069 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
8070 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
8071 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
8072 `C-l': redraws screen | |
8073 `C-r': recursive edit | |
8074 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
8075 | |
8076 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
8077 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
8078 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
8079 | |
8080 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
8081 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
8082 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
8083 | |
8084 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
8085 | |
8086 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
8087 | |
8088 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
8089 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
8090 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil) | |
8091 | |
8092 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
8093 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
8094 | |
8095 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
8096 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
8097 | |
8098 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
8099 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
8100 | |
8101 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8102 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
8103 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
8104 sequence inside of a word. | |
8105 | |
8106 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
8107 | |
8108 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
8109 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
8110 | |
8111 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | |
8112 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
8113 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
8114 | |
8115 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | |
8116 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
8117 | |
8118 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
8119 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
8120 | |
8121 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
8122 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
8123 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
8124 Don't check included messages. | |
8125 | |
8126 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
8127 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
8128 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
8129 | |
8130 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
8131 in your .emacs file: | |
8132 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
8133 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
8134 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8135 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8136 | |
8137 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
8138 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
8139 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
8140 | |
8141 ;;;*** | |
8142 | |
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
8144 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
26899 | 8145 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14384 5216)) |
25876 | 8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
8147 | |
8148 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8149 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
8150 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
8151 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
8152 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
8153 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
8154 | |
8155 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8156 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
8157 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
8158 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil) | |
8159 | |
8160 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8161 Switch to another buffer. | |
8162 | |
8163 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
8164 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
8165 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
8166 in another frame. | |
8167 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8168 | |
8169 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8170 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
8171 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8172 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8173 | |
8174 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8175 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
8176 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8177 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8178 | |
8179 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8180 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
8181 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8182 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8183 | |
8184 ;;;*** | |
8185 | |
8186 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
8187 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
8188 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal | |
8189 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" | |
26724 | 8190 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
8192 | |
8193 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\ | |
8194 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil) | |
8195 | |
8196 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
8197 | |
8198 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8199 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
8200 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8201 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8202 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
8203 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
8204 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
8205 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
8206 | |
8207 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8208 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
8209 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8210 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8211 | |
8212 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8213 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
8214 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8215 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8216 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
8217 | |
8218 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8219 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
8220 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8221 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8222 | |
8223 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8224 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
8225 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
8226 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
8227 | |
8228 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8229 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
8230 | |
8231 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8232 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
8233 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8234 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8235 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
8236 | |
8237 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8238 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
8239 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8240 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8241 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
8242 | |
8243 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
8244 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
8245 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
8246 | |
8247 ;;;*** | |
8248 | |
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" | |
25998 | 8250 ;;;;;; (14275 59802)) |
25876 | 8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
8252 | |
8253 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8254 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode. | |
8255 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
8256 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'. | |
8257 | |
8258 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the | |
8259 following ways: | |
8260 | |
8261 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code. | |
8262 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur. | |
8263 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling | |
8264 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is | |
8265 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. | |
8266 | |
8267 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8268 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8269 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8270 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8271 | |
8272 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is | |
8273 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to | |
8274 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8275 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs | |
8276 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified | |
8277 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where | |
8278 strings or comments span lines. | |
8279 | |
8280 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8281 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8282 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8283 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil) | |
8284 | |
8285 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8286 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8287 | |
8288 ;;;*** | |
8289 | |
25998 | 8290 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" |
26724 | 8291 ;;;;;; (14345 52910)) |
25876 | 8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 8293 |
8294 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
8295 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8297 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
8298 | |
8299 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8300 | |
8301 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
25876 | 8302 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg) |
8303 "\ | |
8304 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8305 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
8306 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." | |
8307 (interactive "P") | |
8308 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p)) | |
8309 (progn | |
8310 (require 'jka-compr) | |
8311 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off. | |
8312 (toggle-auto-compression))) | |
8313 (toggle-auto-compression arg t)) | |
8314 | |
8315 ;;;*** | |
8316 | |
8317 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 8318 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
8320 | |
8321 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
8322 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
8323 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
8324 | |
8325 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
8326 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
8327 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
8328 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
8329 shorter. | |
8330 | |
8331 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
8332 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
8333 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
8334 | |
8335 ;;;*** | |
8336 | |
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810 | |
8338 ;;;;;; 39847)) | |
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el | |
8340 | |
8341 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | |
8342 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
8343 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
8344 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
8345 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
8346 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
8347 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
8348 | |
8349 ;;;*** | |
8350 | |
8351 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment) | |
25998 | 8352 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672)) |
25876 | 8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
8354 | |
25998 | 8355 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 8356 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
8357 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
8358 | |
8359 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\ | |
8360 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil) | |
8361 | |
8362 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
8363 | |
8364 ;;;*** | |
8365 | |
8366 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
25998 | 8367 ;;;;;; (14256 23599)) |
25876 | 8368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
8369 | |
8370 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
8371 | |
8372 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
8373 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
8374 | |
8375 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
8376 | |
8377 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
8378 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
8379 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
8380 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
8381 | |
8382 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
8383 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8384 none / 1 | yes | no | |
8385 2 | yes | yes | |
8386 3 | no | yes | |
8387 4 | no | no | |
8388 | |
8389 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
8390 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
8391 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8392 | |
8393 ;;;*** | |
8394 | |
26899 | 8395 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
8396 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string | |
8397 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" | |
8398 ;;;;;; (14422 54141)) | |
25876 | 8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
8400 | |
8401 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\ | |
8402 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil) | |
8403 | |
26899 | 8404 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
8405 | |
8406 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
8407 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
8408 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
8409 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
8410 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
8411 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
8412 | |
8413 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
8414 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
8415 | |
8416 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
8417 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
8418 | |
8419 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
8420 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
8421 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
8422 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
8423 to compose. | |
8424 | |
8425 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
8426 | |
25876 | 8427 ;;;*** |
8428 | |
8429 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
25998 | 8430 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461)) |
25876 | 8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
8432 | |
8433 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8434 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
8435 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
8436 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
8437 | |
8438 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
8439 | |
8440 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
8441 | |
8442 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
8443 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
8444 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
8445 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
8446 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
8447 for large buffers. | |
8448 | |
8449 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
8450 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
8451 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
8452 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
8453 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
8454 | |
8455 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
8456 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
8457 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8458 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
8459 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
8460 | |
8461 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
8462 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
8463 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
8464 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
8465 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
8466 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
8467 | |
8468 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8469 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8470 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8471 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8472 | |
8473 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
8474 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
8475 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
8476 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
8477 | |
8478 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8479 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8480 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8481 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
8482 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
8483 | |
8484 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8485 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8486 | |
8487 ;;;*** | |
8488 | |
8489 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
25998 | 8490 ;;;;;; (14280 10549)) |
25876 | 8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
8492 | |
8493 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
8494 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
8495 | |
8496 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
8497 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
8498 | |
8499 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
8500 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
8501 | |
8502 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
8503 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
8504 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
8505 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
8506 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8507 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8508 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
8509 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
8510 and transmit saved text. | |
8511 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
8512 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
8513 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
8514 | |
8515 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
8516 | |
8517 ;;;*** | |
8518 | |
25998 | 8519 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
8521 | |
8522 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
8523 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
8524 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
8525 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
8526 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
8527 | |
8528 ;;;*** | |
8529 | |
8530 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935 | |
8531 ;;;;;; 16173)) | |
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el | |
8533 | |
8534 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
8535 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
8536 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE | |
8537 is nil, raise an error." t nil) | |
8538 | |
8539 ;;;*** | |
8540 | |
8541 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
26899 | 8542 ;;;;;; (14396 4145)) |
25876 | 8543 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
8544 | |
8545 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8546 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8547 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 8548 |
8549 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 8550 Run the locate command with a filter. |
8551 | |
8552 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
8553 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 8554 |
8555 ;;;*** | |
8556 | |
8557 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer | |
26724 | 8558 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14359 |
26899 | 8559 ;;;;;; 3115)) |
25876 | 8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
8561 | |
8562 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
8563 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
8564 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
8565 | |
8566 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
8567 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
8568 | |
8569 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
8570 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
8571 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
8572 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
8573 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
8574 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
8575 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
8576 | |
8577 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
8578 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
8579 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
8580 switch on this list. | |
8581 See `lpr-command'.") | |
8582 | |
8583 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
8584 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
8585 | |
8586 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
8587 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
8588 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
8589 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
8590 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
8591 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
8592 argument.") | |
8593 | |
8594 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
8595 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'. | |
8596 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8597 | |
8598 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 8599 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
8600 Normally invokes `pr' for pagination, but see the variable | |
8601 `lpr-page-header-program'. Printing is normally done with `lpr' | |
8602 or `lp'; the variable `lpr-command' changes this. | |
8603 | |
8604 Also see the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-page-header-switches' | |
8605 for further customization of the commands used." t nil) | |
25876 | 8606 |
8607 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
8608 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'. | |
8609 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8610 | |
8611 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
8612 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'. | |
8613 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil) | |
8614 | |
8615 ;;;*** | |
8616 | |
25998 | 8617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14251 18531)) |
25876 | 8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
8619 | |
8620 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
8621 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
8622 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
8623 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
8624 package is used.") | |
8625 | |
8626 ;;;*** | |
8627 | |
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
8629 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
8631 | |
8632 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
8633 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
8634 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
8635 | |
8636 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
8637 | |
8638 ;;;*** | |
8639 | |
8640 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962 | |
25998 | 8641 ;;;;;; 30919)) |
25876 | 8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
8643 | |
8644 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
8645 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
8646 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
8647 " t nil) | |
8648 | |
8649 ;;;*** | |
8650 | |
8651 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
25998 | 8652 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
25876 | 8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
8654 | |
8655 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
8656 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
8657 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
8658 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
8659 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
8660 | |
8661 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
8662 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
8663 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
8664 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
8665 | |
8666 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
8667 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
8668 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
8669 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
8670 bindings. | |
8671 | |
8672 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
8673 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
8674 | |
8675 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
8676 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
8677 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
8678 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
8679 each time the macro executes. | |
8680 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
8681 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
8682 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
8683 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
8684 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
8685 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
8686 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
8687 | |
8688 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
8689 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
8690 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
8691 | |
8692 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
8693 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
8694 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
8695 execute. | |
8696 | |
8697 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
8698 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
8699 | |
8700 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
8701 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
8702 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
8703 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
8704 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
8705 | |
8706 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
8707 looked like this: | |
8708 | |
8709 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
8710 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
8711 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
8712 | |
8713 You could enter the names in this format: | |
8714 | |
8715 foo | |
8716 bar | |
8717 baz | |
8718 | |
8719 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
8720 | |
8721 \\C-x ( | |
8722 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
8723 \\C-x ) | |
8724 | |
8725 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
8726 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
8727 " t nil) | |
8728 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
8729 | |
8730 ;;;*** | |
8731 | |
8732 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 8733 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
8735 | |
8736 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
8737 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
8738 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
8739 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
8740 | |
8741 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
8742 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
8743 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
8744 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
8745 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
8746 | |
8747 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
8748 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
8749 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
8750 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
8751 | |
8752 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
8753 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
8754 | |
8755 ;;;*** | |
8756 | |
8757 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
8758 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
25998 | 8759 ;;;;;; (14075 51598)) |
25876 | 8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
8761 | |
8762 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
8763 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
8764 | |
8765 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
8766 | |
8767 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
8768 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
8769 | |
8770 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
8771 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
8772 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
8773 message. | |
8774 | |
8775 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
8776 | |
8777 ;;;*** | |
8778 | |
25998 | 8779 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
8780 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
8781 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263 | |
8782 ;;;;;; 33297)) | |
25876 | 8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
8784 | |
8785 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
8786 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
8787 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
8788 often correct parser.") | |
8789 | |
8790 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
8791 | |
25998 | 8792 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
8793 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
8794 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8795 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
8796 | |
8797 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
8798 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
8799 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8800 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
8801 | |
8802 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
8803 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
8804 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8805 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
8806 | |
25876 | 8807 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
8808 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
8809 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
8810 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
8811 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
8812 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
8813 | |
8814 ;;;*** | |
8815 | |
8816 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
25998 | 8817 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539)) |
25876 | 8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
8819 | |
8820 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
8821 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
8822 | |
8823 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
8824 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
8825 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
8826 | |
8827 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
8828 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
8829 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
8830 | |
8831 ;;;*** | |
8832 | |
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
8834 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
8835 ;;;;;; 15767)) | |
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el | |
8837 | |
8838 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
8839 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
8840 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
8841 king@grassland.com | |
8842 If `parens', they look like: | |
8843 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
8844 If `angles', they look like: | |
8845 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
8846 | |
8847 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
8848 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
8849 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
8850 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
8851 their `Resent-' variants. | |
8852 | |
8853 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
8854 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
8855 | |
8856 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
8857 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
8858 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
8859 | |
8860 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
8861 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
8862 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
8863 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
8864 | |
8865 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
8866 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
8867 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
8868 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
8869 | |
8870 ;;;*** | |
8871 | |
8872 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
26724 | 8873 ;;;;;; (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
8875 | |
8876 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
8877 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
8878 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
8879 | |
8880 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
8881 | |
8882 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
8883 | |
8884 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
8885 | |
8886 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
8887 | |
8888 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
8889 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
8890 | |
8891 makefile-target-colon: | |
8892 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
8893 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
8894 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
8895 | |
8896 makefile-macro-assign: | |
8897 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
8898 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
8899 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 8900 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 8901 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
8902 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
8903 | |
8904 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
8905 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
8906 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
8907 | |
8908 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
8909 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
8910 | |
8911 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
8912 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
8913 up or down in the browser. | |
8914 | |
8915 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
8916 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
8917 | |
8918 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
8919 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
8920 | |
8921 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
8922 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
8923 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
8924 has been selected in the browser. | |
8925 | |
8926 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
8927 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
8928 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
8929 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
8930 filenames are omitted. | |
8931 | |
8932 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 8933 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 8934 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
8935 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
8936 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
8937 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 8938 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 8939 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
8940 | |
8941 makefile-browser-hook: | |
8942 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
8943 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
8944 | |
8945 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
8946 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
8947 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
8948 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
8949 | |
8950 ;;;*** | |
8951 | |
8952 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 8953 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
8955 | |
8956 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
8957 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
8958 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
8959 | |
8960 ;;;*** | |
8961 | |
25998 | 8962 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234)) |
25876 | 8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
8964 | |
8965 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
8966 | |
8967 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
8968 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
8969 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
8970 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
8971 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
8972 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
8973 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil) | |
8974 | |
8975 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
8976 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
8977 | |
8978 ;;;*** | |
8979 | |
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
8981 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
8982 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
8983 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
8984 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
8985 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
8986 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
8987 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
8988 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476)) | |
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el | |
8990 | |
8991 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
8992 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
8993 | |
8994 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
8995 king@grassland.com | |
8996 If `parens', they look like: | |
8997 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
8998 If `angles', they look like: | |
8999 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
9000 | |
9001 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
9002 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
9003 | |
9004 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
9005 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
9006 | |
9007 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
9008 *Local news organization file.") | |
9009 | |
9010 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
9011 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
9012 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
9013 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
9014 | |
9015 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
9016 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and | |
9017 `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
9018 | |
9019 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
9020 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
9021 | |
9022 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
9023 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. | |
9024 nil means use indentation.") | |
9025 | |
9026 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
9027 *Function for citing an original message. | |
9028 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
9029 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
9030 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
9031 | |
9032 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
9033 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
9034 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
9035 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
9036 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
9037 | |
9038 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
9039 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
9040 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
9041 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
9042 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
9043 | |
9044 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
9045 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
9046 | |
9047 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil)) | |
9048 | |
9049 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
9050 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
9051 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
9052 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
9053 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
9054 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
9055 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
9056 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
9057 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
9058 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
9059 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
9060 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
9061 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
9062 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
9063 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
9064 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
9065 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
9066 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
9067 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
9068 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). | |
9069 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil) | |
9070 | |
9071 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
9072 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
9073 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
9074 | |
9075 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
9076 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9077 | |
9078 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
9079 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9080 | |
9081 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
9082 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9083 | |
9084 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
9085 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
9086 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
9087 | |
9088 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
9089 Cancel an article you posted." t nil) | |
9090 | |
9091 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
9092 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
9093 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
9094 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
9095 | |
9096 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
9097 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
9098 | |
9099 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
9100 Forward the current message via mail. | |
9101 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil) | |
9102 | |
9103 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
9104 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
9105 | |
9106 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
9107 Re-mail the current message. | |
9108 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than | |
9109 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
9110 you." t nil) | |
9111 | |
9112 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9113 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9114 | |
9115 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9116 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
9117 | |
9118 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9119 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9120 | |
9121 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9122 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9123 | |
9124 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
9125 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
9126 Works by overstriking characters. | |
9127 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9128 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9129 | |
9130 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
9131 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
9132 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9133 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9134 | |
9135 ;;;*** | |
9136 | |
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 9138 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
9140 | |
9141 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9142 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
9143 Special commands: | |
9144 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9145 | |
9146 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
9147 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9148 | |
9149 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9150 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
9151 Special commands: | |
9152 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9153 | |
9154 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
9155 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9156 | |
9157 ;;;*** | |
9158 | |
9159 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
9160 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
26724 | 9161 ;;;;;; (14345 52966)) |
25876 | 9162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
9163 | |
9164 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
9165 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9166 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9167 | |
9168 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
9169 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9170 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9171 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9172 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9173 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
9174 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9175 | |
9176 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
9177 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
9178 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9179 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9180 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9181 means current). | |
9182 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9183 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9184 | |
9185 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
9186 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
9187 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9188 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9189 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9190 means current). | |
9191 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9192 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9193 | |
9194 ;;;*** | |
9195 | |
9196 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
26724 | 9197 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14377 19689)) |
25876 | 9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
9199 | |
9200 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9201 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
9202 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9203 to the MH mail system. | |
9204 | |
9205 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9206 | |
9207 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9208 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
9209 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9210 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
9211 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
9212 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
9213 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
9214 | |
9215 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9216 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
9217 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9218 to the MH mail system. | |
9219 | |
9220 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9221 | |
9222 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9223 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
9224 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
9225 using the MH mail handling system. | |
9226 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
9227 messages. | |
9228 | |
9229 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
9230 | |
9231 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
9232 | |
9233 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
9234 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
9235 the yanked message. | |
9236 | |
9237 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
9238 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
9239 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
9240 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
9241 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
9242 | |
9243 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
9244 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
9245 inserted in a draft letter. | |
9246 | |
9247 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
9248 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
9249 | |
9250 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9251 | |
9252 ;;;*** | |
9253 | |
26724 | 9254 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14376 |
9255 ;;;;;; 9267)) | |
25876 | 9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
9257 | |
9258 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
9259 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
9260 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9261 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
9262 | |
9263 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
9264 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
9265 | |
9266 ;;;*** | |
9267 | |
9268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041)) | |
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el | |
9270 | |
9271 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
9272 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
9273 | |
9274 ;;;*** | |
9275 | |
26899 | 9276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14384 6048)) |
25876 | 9277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
9278 | |
9279 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9280 | |
9281 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9282 | |
9283 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9284 | |
9285 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9286 | |
9287 ;;;*** | |
9288 | |
9289 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
25998 | 9290 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445)) |
25876 | 9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
9292 | |
9293 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
9294 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
9295 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
9296 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
9297 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
9298 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
9299 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
9300 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
9301 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
9302 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
9303 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
9304 | |
9305 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
9306 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
9307 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
9308 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
9309 | |
9310 ;;;*** | |
9311 | |
9312 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
9313 ;;;;;; (12536 45574)) | |
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el | |
9315 | |
9316 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
9317 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
9318 | |
9319 ;;;*** | |
9320 | |
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
25998 | 9322 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
9324 | |
9325 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
9326 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
9327 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
9328 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
9329 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
9330 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
9331 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
9332 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
9333 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
9334 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
9335 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
9336 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
9337 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
9338 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
9339 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
9340 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
9341 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
9342 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
9343 \\[m2-link] link | |
9344 | |
9345 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
9346 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
9347 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
9348 | |
9349 ;;;*** | |
9350 | |
9351 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118 | |
25998 | 9352 ;;;;;; 2283)) |
25876 | 9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
9354 | |
9355 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
9356 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
9357 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9358 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
9359 | |
9360 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
9361 | |
9362 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
9363 | |
9364 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
9365 | |
9366 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
9367 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
9368 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
9369 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
9370 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
9371 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
9372 | |
9373 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
9374 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection | |
9375 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function | |
9376 and interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
9377 | |
9378 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
9379 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
9380 | |
9381 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
9382 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
9383 | |
9384 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
9385 | |
9386 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
9387 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
9388 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
9389 | |
9390 ;;;*** | |
9391 | |
25998 | 9392 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
9394 | |
9395 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
9396 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
9397 | |
9398 ;;;*** | |
9399 | |
25998 | 9400 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030)) |
25876 | 9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
9402 | |
9403 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
9404 Toggle msb-mode. | |
9405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9406 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
9407 | |
9408 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9409 | |
9410 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
9411 | |
9412 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
9413 Toggle Msb mode. | |
9414 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
9415 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
9416 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
9417 | |
9418 ;;;*** | |
9419 | |
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 9421 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
9422 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
25876 | 9423 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" |
26899 | 9424 ;;;;;; (14406 33729)) |
25876 | 9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
9426 | |
9427 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9428 Display a list of all character sets. | |
9429 | |
9430 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use. | |
9431 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer | |
9432 by any character in this character set. | |
9433 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen | |
9434 by any character in this character set. | |
9435 | |
9436 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9437 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
9438 | |
9439 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9440 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
9441 | |
9442 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9443 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
9444 | |
9445 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
9446 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
9447 at the place of `..': | |
9448 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer) | |
9449 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer) | |
9450 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | |
9451 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system) | |
9452 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system. | |
9453 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system) | |
9454 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9455 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9456 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9457 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9458 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
9459 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system | |
9460 `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
9461 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read | |
9462 `default-process-coding-system' for write | |
9463 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil) | |
9464 | |
9465 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9466 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
9467 | |
9468 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9469 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
9470 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
9471 | |
9472 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9473 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
9474 | |
26724 | 9475 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
9476 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
9477 | |
25876 | 9478 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
9479 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
9480 | |
9481 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9482 Display information of FONTSET. | |
9483 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts | |
9484 contained in FONTSET. | |
9485 | |
9486 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset | |
9487 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this | |
9488 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any | |
9489 frame. | |
9490 | |
9491 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters: | |
9492 o -- font already opened | |
9493 - -- font not yet opened | |
9494 x -- font can't be opened | |
9495 ? -- no font specified | |
9496 | |
9497 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set | |
9498 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil) | |
9499 | |
9500 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9501 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
9502 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
9503 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
9504 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
9505 | |
9506 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9507 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
9508 | |
9509 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9510 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
9511 | |
9512 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
9513 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
9514 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
9515 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
9516 | |
9517 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9518 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
9519 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
9520 | |
9521 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9522 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
9523 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
9524 | |
9525 ;;;*** | |
9526 | |
26899 | 9527 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
9528 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 9529 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
9530 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
9531 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
9532 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
26899 | 9533 ;;;;;; (14422 54140)) |
25876 | 9534 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
9535 | |
9536 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
9537 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
9538 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
9539 | |
9540 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
9541 | |
9542 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
9543 | |
9544 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
9545 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
9546 | |
9547 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
9548 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 9549 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 9550 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
9551 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
9552 | |
26724 | 9553 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 9554 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
9555 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
9556 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
9557 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
9558 | |
9559 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
9560 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
9561 | |
9562 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
9563 | |
9564 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
9565 | |
9566 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
9567 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
9568 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
9569 is considered. | |
9570 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
9571 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
9572 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
9573 | |
9574 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
9575 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
9576 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
9577 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
9578 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
9579 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
9580 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
9581 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
9582 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
9583 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
9584 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
9585 | |
9586 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
9587 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
9588 | |
9589 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
9590 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
9591 | |
9592 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
9593 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
9594 | |
9595 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
9596 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
9597 | |
9598 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
9599 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
9600 | |
9601 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
9602 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
9603 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
9604 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
9605 | |
9606 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
9607 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
9608 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
9609 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
9610 | |
9611 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
9612 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
9613 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
9614 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
9615 | |
26899 | 9616 ;;;*** |
9617 | |
9618 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 52298)) | |
26724 | 9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
9620 | |
9621 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | |
9622 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
9623 | |
9624 ;;;*** | |
9625 | |
25876 | 9626 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9627 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
25876 | 9628 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el" |
26724 | 9629 ;;;;;; (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el |
9631 | |
9632 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
9633 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
9634 | |
9635 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
9636 Ping HOST. | |
9637 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
9638 `ping-program-options'." t nil) | |
9639 | |
9640 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
9641 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
9642 | |
9643 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
9644 | |
9645 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
9646 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
9647 | |
9648 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
9649 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
9650 | |
9651 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
9652 Run the route program." t nil) | |
9653 | |
9654 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
9655 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
9656 | |
9657 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
9658 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
9659 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9660 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9661 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9662 |
25876 | 9663 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
9664 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
9665 | |
9666 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
9667 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
9668 | |
9669 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
9670 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
9671 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
9672 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
9673 | |
9674 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
9675 | |
9676 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
9677 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
9678 | |
9679 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
9680 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
9681 | |
9682 ;;;*** | |
9683 | |
9684 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030 | |
9685 ;;;;;; 49490)) | |
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el | |
9687 | |
9688 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
9689 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
9690 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
9691 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
9692 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
9693 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
9694 | |
9695 ;;;*** | |
9696 | |
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
9698 ;;;;;; (14030 49496)) | |
9699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el | |
9700 | |
9701 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
9702 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil) | |
9703 | |
9704 ;;;*** | |
9705 | |
9706 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
9707 ;;;;;; (14030 49502)) | |
9708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el | |
9709 | |
9710 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
9711 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
9712 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
9713 | |
9714 ;;;*** | |
9715 | |
9716 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
9717 ;;;;;; (14030 49514)) | |
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el | |
9719 | |
9720 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
9721 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
9722 | |
9723 ;;;*** | |
9724 | |
9725 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
25998 | 9726 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539)) |
25876 | 9727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
9728 | |
9729 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9730 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
9731 | |
9732 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9733 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
9734 | |
9735 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9736 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
9737 | |
9738 ;;;*** | |
9739 | |
9740 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 9741 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
9743 | |
9744 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
9745 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
9746 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
9747 | |
9748 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
9749 | |
9750 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
9751 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
9752 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
9753 to future sessions." t nil) | |
9754 | |
9755 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
9756 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
9757 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
9758 to future sessions." t nil) | |
9759 | |
9760 ;;;*** | |
9761 | |
9762 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
9763 ;;;;;; (13611 44372)) | |
9764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el | |
9765 | |
9766 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
9767 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
9768 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
9769 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
9770 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
9771 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
9772 | |
9773 ;;;*** | |
9774 | |
9775 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 9776 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
9778 | |
9779 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
9780 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
9781 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
9782 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
9783 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
9784 | |
9785 ;;;*** | |
9786 | |
9787 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
25998 | 9788 ;;;;;; (14302 32388)) |
25876 | 9789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
9790 | |
9791 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
9792 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
9793 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
9794 | |
9795 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
9796 | |
9797 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
9798 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
9799 | |
9800 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
9801 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
9802 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
9803 | |
9804 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
9805 | |
9806 ;;;*** | |
9807 | |
9808 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
26724 | 9809 ;;;;;; (14358 1330)) |
25876 | 9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
9811 | |
9812 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
9813 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
9814 | |
9815 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
9816 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
9817 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
9818 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
9819 | |
9820 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
9821 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
9822 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
9823 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
9824 is why you need this mode!). | |
9825 | |
9826 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
9827 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
9828 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
9829 | |
9830 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
9831 | |
9832 Keybindings | |
9833 =========== | |
9834 | |
9835 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
9836 | |
9837 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
9838 ============================================== | |
9839 | |
9840 octave-auto-indent | |
9841 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
9842 Default is nil. | |
9843 | |
9844 octave-auto-newline | |
9845 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
9846 Default is nil. | |
9847 | |
9848 octave-blink-matching-block | |
9849 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
9850 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
9851 | |
9852 octave-block-offset | |
9853 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
9854 Default is 2. | |
9855 | |
9856 octave-continuation-offset | |
9857 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
9858 Default is 4. | |
9859 | |
9860 octave-continuation-string | |
9861 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
9862 Default is a backslash. | |
9863 | |
9864 octave-mode-startup-message | |
9865 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
9866 Default is t. | |
9867 | |
9868 octave-send-echo-input | |
9869 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
9870 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
9871 | |
9872 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
9873 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
9874 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
9875 | |
9876 octave-send-echo-input | |
9877 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
9878 | |
9879 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
9880 | |
9881 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
9882 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
9883 | |
9884 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
9885 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
9886 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
9887 | |
9888 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
9889 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
9890 | |
9891 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
9892 (lambda () | |
9893 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
9894 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
9895 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
9896 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
9897 | |
9898 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
9899 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
9900 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
9901 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
9902 | |
9903 ;;;*** | |
9904 | |
9905 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
9906 ;;;;;; (14045 29891)) | |
9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el | |
9908 | |
9909 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
9910 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil) | |
9911 | |
9912 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
9913 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
9914 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
9915 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
9916 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
9917 | |
9918 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
9919 | |
9920 ;;;*** | |
9921 | |
9922 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
25998 | 9923 ;;;;;; (14249 42166)) |
25876 | 9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
9925 | |
9926 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
9927 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
9928 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
9929 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
9930 | |
9931 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
9932 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
9933 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
9934 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
9935 | |
9936 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
9937 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
9938 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
9939 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
9940 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
9941 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
9942 | |
9943 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
9944 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
9945 | |
9946 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
9947 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
9948 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
9949 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
9950 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
9951 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
9952 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
9953 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
9954 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
9955 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
9956 The subheadings remain visible. | |
9957 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
9958 | |
9959 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
9960 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
9961 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
9962 | |
9963 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
9964 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
9965 | |
9966 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
9967 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
9968 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
9969 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
9970 | |
9971 ;;;*** | |
9972 | |
25998 | 9973 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" |
9974 ;;;;;; (14316 49544)) | |
25876 | 9975 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
9976 | |
25998 | 9977 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
9978 *Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
9979 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
9980 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
9981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9982 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
9983 | |
9984 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9985 | |
9986 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
9987 | |
25876 | 9988 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
9989 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
9990 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9991 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
9992 | |
9993 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
9994 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
9995 | |
9996 ;;;*** | |
9997 | |
25998 | 9998 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263 |
9999 ;;;;;; 35958)) | |
25876 | 10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
10001 | |
10002 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
10003 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
10004 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10005 | |
10006 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
10007 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
10008 | |
10009 Other useful functions are: | |
10010 | |
10011 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
10012 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
10013 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
10014 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
10015 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
10016 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
10017 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
10018 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
10019 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
10020 | |
10021 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
10022 | |
10023 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
10024 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
10025 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
10026 Indentation for case statements. | |
10027 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
10028 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
10029 mark after an end. | |
10030 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
10031 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
10032 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
10033 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
10034 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10035 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
10036 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
10037 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
10038 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
10039 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
10040 | |
10041 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
10042 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
10043 | |
10044 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
10045 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10046 | |
10047 ;;;*** | |
10048 | |
10049 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10050 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 10051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
10052 | |
10053 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
10054 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
10055 The keys affected are: | |
10056 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
10057 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
10058 M-Backspace does undo. | |
10059 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
10060 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
10061 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
10062 | |
10063 ;;;*** | |
10064 | |
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
25998 | 10066 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216)) |
25876 | 10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
10068 | |
10069 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
10070 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
10071 | |
10072 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10073 | |
10074 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
10075 which modify the status of the mark. | |
10076 | |
10077 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
10078 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
10079 | |
10080 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
10081 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
10082 | |
10083 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
10084 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
10085 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
10086 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
10087 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
10088 | |
10089 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
10090 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
10091 | |
10092 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
10093 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10094 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
10095 | |
10096 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
10097 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10098 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
10099 | |
10100 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
10101 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
10102 | |
10103 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
10104 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
10105 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
10106 | |
10107 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
10108 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
10109 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
10110 | |
10111 F6 other-window | |
10112 DELETE delete-char | |
10113 C-DELETE kill-line | |
10114 M-DELETE kill-word | |
10115 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
10116 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
10117 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
10118 | |
10119 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
10120 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
10121 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
10122 and cursor movement commands. | |
10123 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10124 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
10125 | |
10126 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10127 | |
10128 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
10129 | |
10130 ;;;*** | |
10131 | |
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10133 ;;;;;; (13639 61036)) |
25876 | 10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
10135 | |
10136 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
10137 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
10138 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
10139 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
10140 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
10141 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
10142 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10143 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
10144 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
10145 perl-tab-always-indent | |
10146 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
10147 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10148 perl-tab-to-comment | |
10149 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
10150 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
10151 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
10152 perl-nochange | |
10153 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
10154 perl-indent-level | |
10155 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
10156 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
10157 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
10158 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
10159 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
10160 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
10161 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
10162 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
10163 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
10164 perl-brace-offset | |
10165 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
10166 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
10167 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
10168 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
10169 perl-label-offset | |
10170 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
10171 | |
10172 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
10173 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
10174 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
10175 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
10176 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
10177 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
10178 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
10179 | |
10180 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10181 | |
10182 ;;;*** | |
10183 | |
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email) | |
10185 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498)) | |
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el | |
10187 | |
10188 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\ | |
10189 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil) | |
10190 | |
10191 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\ | |
10192 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil) | |
10193 | |
10194 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\ | |
10195 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point. | |
10196 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
10197 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than | |
10198 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these | |
10199 onto CCSO database field names. | |
10200 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
10201 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
10202 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
10203 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil) | |
10204 | |
10205 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\ | |
10206 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver. | |
10207 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server | |
10208 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
10209 | |
10210 ;;;*** | |
10211 | |
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
26724 | 10213 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
10215 | |
10216 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
10217 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
10218 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
10219 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
10220 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
10221 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
10222 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
10223 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
10224 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
10225 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
10226 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
10227 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
10228 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
10229 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
10230 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
10231 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
10232 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
10233 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
10234 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
10235 with these commands: | |
10236 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
10237 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
10238 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
10239 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
10240 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
10241 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
10242 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
10243 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
10244 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
10245 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
10246 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
10247 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
10248 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
10249 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
10250 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
10251 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
10252 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
10253 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
10254 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
10255 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
10256 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
10257 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
10258 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
10259 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
10260 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
10261 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
10262 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
10263 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
10264 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
10265 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
10266 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
10267 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
10268 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
10269 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
10270 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
10271 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
10272 | |
10273 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
10274 | |
10275 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
10276 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
10277 | |
10278 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
10279 | |
10280 ;;;*** | |
10281 | |
10282 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" | |
10283 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913)) | |
10284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el | |
10285 | |
10286 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
10287 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
10288 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
10289 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
10290 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
10291 | |
10292 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
10293 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
10294 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
10295 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
10296 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
10297 | |
10298 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
10299 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
10300 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
10301 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
10302 | |
10303 ;;;*** | |
10304 | |
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
25998 | 10306 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
10308 | |
10309 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
10310 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
10311 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
10312 Commands: | |
10313 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
10314 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
10315 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10316 | |
10317 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
10318 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
10319 | |
10320 ;;;*** | |
10321 | |
26724 | 10322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101)) |
25876 | 10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
10324 | |
10325 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
10326 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
10327 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
10328 | |
10329 ;;;*** | |
10330 | |
26724 | 10331 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380 |
26899 | 10332 ;;;;;; 3920)) |
25998 | 10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
10334 | |
10335 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
10336 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
10337 | |
10338 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
10339 | |
10340 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
10341 be set through the `customize' command: | |
10342 | |
10343 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
10344 ps-mode-tab | |
10345 ps-mode-paper-size | |
10346 ps-mode-print-function | |
10347 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 10348 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 10349 ps-run-x |
10350 ps-run-dumb | |
10351 ps-run-init | |
10352 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 10353 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 10354 |
10355 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
10356 | |
10357 | |
10358 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
10359 | |
10360 | |
10361 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
10362 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
10363 The keymap for this second window is: | |
10364 | |
10365 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
10366 | |
10367 | |
10368 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
10369 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
10370 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
10371 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
10372 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
10373 " t nil) | |
10374 | |
10375 ;;;*** | |
10376 | |
25876 | 10377 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26899 | 10378 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
10379 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14422 | |
10380 ;;;;;; 54141)) | |
25876 | 10381 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
10382 | |
10383 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10384 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
10385 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
10386 | |
10387 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10388 | |
10389 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10390 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
10391 | |
10392 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
10393 | |
10394 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10395 | |
10396 Returns the value: | |
10397 | |
10398 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10399 | |
10400 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10401 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10402 | |
26899 | 10403 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
10404 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
10405 | |
10406 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
10407 composition. | |
10408 | |
10409 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10410 | |
10411 Returns the value: | |
10412 | |
10413 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10414 | |
10415 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10416 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10417 | |
25876 | 10418 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
10419 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
10420 | |
10421 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10422 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
10423 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
10424 | |
10425 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10426 | |
10427 ;;;*** | |
10428 | |
10429 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
10430 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
10431 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
10432 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
26899 | 10433 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14422 |
10434 ;;;;;; 54141)) | |
25876 | 10435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
10436 | |
10437 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10438 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 10439 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
10440 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
10441 | |
10442 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10443 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10444 | |
10445 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
10446 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
10447 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
10448 | |
10449 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
10450 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
10451 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
10452 | |
10453 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10454 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10455 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10456 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10457 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
10458 | |
10459 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10460 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
10461 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
10462 | |
10463 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10464 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
10465 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10466 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10467 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
10468 | |
10469 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10470 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10471 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
10472 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
10473 | |
10474 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10475 | |
10476 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10477 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10478 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10479 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10480 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
10481 | |
10482 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10483 | |
10484 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10485 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
10486 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
10487 | |
10488 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10489 | |
10490 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10491 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
10492 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10493 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10494 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
10495 | |
10496 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10497 | |
10498 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
10499 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
10500 | |
10501 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
10502 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
10503 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
10504 | |
10505 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
10506 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
10507 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
10508 | |
10509 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
10510 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
10511 using the current ps-print setup. | |
10512 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
10513 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
10514 | |
10515 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10516 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
10517 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
10518 | |
10519 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10520 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
10521 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
10522 | |
10523 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
10524 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
10525 | |
10526 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
10527 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
10528 | |
10529 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
10530 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
10531 | |
10532 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
10533 | |
10534 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
10535 | |
10536 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
10537 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
10538 | |
10539 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
10540 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
10541 | |
10542 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
10543 | |
10544 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
10545 | |
10546 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
10547 | |
10548 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
10549 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
10550 | |
10551 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
10552 bold - use bold font. | |
10553 italic - use italic font. | |
10554 underline - put a line under text. | |
10555 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
10556 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
10557 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
10558 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
10559 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
10560 | |
10561 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
10562 | |
10563 ;;;*** | |
10564 | |
10565 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
10566 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout | |
10567 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
26899 | 10568 ;;;;;; (14422 54140)) |
25876 | 10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
10570 | |
10571 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
10572 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
10573 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
10574 | |
10575 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
10576 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
10577 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
10578 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
10579 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
10580 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
10581 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
10582 | |
10583 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
10584 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
10585 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
10586 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
10587 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
10588 shown. | |
10589 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
10590 | |
10591 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. | |
10592 | |
10593 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
10594 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
10595 command to be called. | |
10596 | |
10597 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
10598 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
10599 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
10600 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
10601 | |
10602 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
10603 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
10604 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
10605 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
10606 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
10607 to t. | |
10608 | |
10609 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
10610 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
10611 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
10612 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
10613 | |
10614 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
10615 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
10616 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
10617 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
10618 | |
10619 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
10620 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
10621 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
10622 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
10623 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
10624 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
10625 | |
10626 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
10627 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
10628 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
10629 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
10630 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
10631 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
10632 | |
10633 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
10634 covers Quail translation region. | |
10635 | |
10636 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
10637 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
10638 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
10639 for it) is inserted. | |
10640 | |
10641 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
10642 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
10643 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
10644 | |
10645 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
10646 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
10647 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
10648 | |
10649 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
10650 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
10651 | |
10652 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
10653 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
10654 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
10655 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
10656 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
10657 | |
10658 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
10659 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
10660 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
10661 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
10662 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
10663 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
10664 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
10665 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
10666 for the translation. | |
10667 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
10668 | |
10669 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
10670 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro)) | |
10671 | |
10672 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
10673 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 10674 |
10675 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
10676 which to install MAP. | |
10677 | |
25876 | 10678 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
10679 | |
10680 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | |
10681 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
10682 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
10683 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
10684 a function, or a cons. | |
10685 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
10686 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
10687 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
10688 for the translation. | |
10689 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
10690 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
10691 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
10692 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
10693 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
10694 | |
10695 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
10696 it is used to handle KEY. | |
10697 | |
10698 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
10699 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
10700 current Quail package. | |
10701 | |
10702 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
10703 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
10704 | |
10705 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
10706 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil) | |
10707 | |
10708 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
10709 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
10710 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
10711 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
10712 of the Emacs source tree. | |
10713 | |
10714 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
10715 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
10716 | |
10717 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
10718 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
10719 of each directory." t nil) | |
10720 | |
10721 ;;;*** | |
10722 | |
10723 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
10724 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
26899 | 10725 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14388 11354)) |
25998 | 10726 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el |
25876 | 10727 |
10728 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
10729 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
10730 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
10731 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
10732 | |
10733 To make use of this do something like: | |
10734 | |
10735 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
10736 | |
10737 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
10738 | |
10739 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
10740 | |
10741 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
10742 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
10743 | |
10744 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
10745 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
10746 | |
10747 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
10748 is decided." t nil) | |
10749 | |
10750 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
10751 | |
10752 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
10753 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
10754 | |
10755 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
10756 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
10757 | |
10758 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
10759 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
10760 | |
10761 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
10762 | |
10763 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
10764 | |
10765 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
10766 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
10767 | |
10768 ;;;*** | |
10769 | |
10770 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149 | |
25998 | 10771 ;;;;;; 16808)) |
25876 | 10772 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el |
10773 | |
10774 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
10775 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
10776 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
10777 | |
10778 ;;;*** | |
10779 | |
25999 | 10780 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode) |
26724 | 10781 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14385 19861)) |
25999 | 10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
10783 | |
10784 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | |
10785 Toggle recentf mode. | |
10786 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10787 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on). | |
10788 | |
10789 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
10790 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
10791 | |
10792 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
10793 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
10794 | |
10795 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ | |
10796 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil) | |
10797 | |
10798 ;;;*** | |
10799 | |
25876 | 10800 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle |
10801 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle | |
10802 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle | |
25998 | 10803 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571)) |
25876 | 10804 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
10805 | |
10806 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
10807 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
10808 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 10809 spaces and tab. |
10810 | |
10811 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
10812 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 10813 |
10814 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10815 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
10816 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
10817 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
10818 ends. | |
10819 | |
10820 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10821 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
10822 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 10823 |
10824 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10825 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
10826 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
10827 | |
10828 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10829 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
10830 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 10831 |
10832 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10833 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
10834 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 10835 |
10836 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10837 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
10838 | |
10839 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10840 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
10841 | |
10842 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
10843 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 10844 |
10845 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
10846 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
10847 | |
10848 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
10849 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
10850 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
10851 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
10852 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
10853 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
10854 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
10855 | |
10856 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10857 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
10858 | |
25876 | 10859 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 10860 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
10861 | |
10862 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10863 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
10864 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 10865 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
10866 | |
10867 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
10868 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
10869 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
10870 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 10871 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
10872 | |
10873 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10874 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 10875 |
10876 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10877 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
10878 | |
10879 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10880 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
10881 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 10882 |
10883 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 10884 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
10885 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
10886 | |
10887 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
10888 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
10889 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
10890 | |
10891 ;;;*** | |
10892 | |
10893 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" | |
10894 ;;;;;; (14315 19661)) | |
25876 | 10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
10896 | |
10897 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
10898 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
10899 | |
10900 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
10901 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
10902 | |
25998 | 10903 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
10904 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
10905 | |
25876 | 10906 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
10907 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
10908 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
10909 \\ref macro. | |
10910 | |
10911 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
10912 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
10913 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
10914 | |
25998 | 10915 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
10916 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
10917 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 10918 |
10919 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
10920 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
10921 | |
10922 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
10923 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
10924 | |
10925 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
10926 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
10927 on the menu bar. | |
10928 | |
10929 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
10930 | |
25998 | 10931 ;;;*** |
10932 | |
10933 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
10934 ;;;;;; (14315 19188)) | |
10935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el | |
10936 | |
10937 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 10938 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
10939 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
10940 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
10941 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
10942 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
10943 | |
10944 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
10945 | |
10946 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. | |
10947 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
10948 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
10949 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
10950 | |
10951 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
10952 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
10953 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
10954 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
10955 | |
10956 ;;;*** | |
10957 | |
10958 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10959 ;;;;;; (14334 30885)) |
25876 | 10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
10961 | |
10962 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
10963 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
10964 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
10965 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
10966 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
10967 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
10968 | |
10969 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
10970 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren)) | |
10971 | |
10972 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs. | |
10973 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil) | |
10974 | |
10975 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
10976 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
10977 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
10978 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
10979 | |
10980 ;;;*** | |
10981 | |
25998 | 10982 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 10983 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
10984 | |
10985 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
10986 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
10987 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
10988 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
10989 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
10990 | |
10991 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
10992 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
10993 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
10994 | |
10995 ;;;*** | |
10996 | |
10997 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
26899 | 10998 ;;;;;; (14356 24489)) |
25876 | 10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
11000 | |
26724 | 11001 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
11002 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
11003 | |
11004 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
11005 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
11006 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
11007 | |
11008 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
11009 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
11010 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
11011 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
11012 left after that text. | |
11013 | |
11014 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
11015 is non-nil. | |
11016 | |
11017 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
11018 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
11019 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
11020 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11021 |
11022 ;;;*** | |
11023 | |
11024 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
25998 | 11025 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
11027 | |
11028 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
11029 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
11030 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
11031 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
11032 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
11033 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
11034 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
11035 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
11036 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
11037 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
11038 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
11039 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
11040 the comment lines. | |
11041 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
11042 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
11043 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
11044 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
11045 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
11046 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
11047 | |
11048 ;;;*** | |
11049 | |
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
11051 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
11053 | |
11054 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
11055 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
11056 | |
11057 ;;;*** | |
11058 | |
11059 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
25998 | 11060 ;;;;;; (14283 6810)) |
25876 | 11061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
11062 | |
11063 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
11064 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
11065 | |
11066 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
11067 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
11068 | |
11069 ;;;*** | |
11070 | |
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546)) | |
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el | |
11073 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
11074 | |
11075 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
11076 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
11077 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
11078 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
11079 | |
11080 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
11081 | |
11082 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
11083 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
11084 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
11085 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
11086 | |
11087 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
11088 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
11089 | |
11090 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
11091 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
11092 | |
11093 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
11094 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
11095 INPUT-ARGS. | |
11096 | |
11097 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
11098 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
11099 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
11100 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
11101 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
11102 | |
11103 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
11104 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
11105 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
11106 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
11107 | |
11108 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
11109 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
11110 variable." t nil) | |
11111 | |
11112 ;;;*** | |
11113 | |
11114 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
11115 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
11116 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
11117 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
11118 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
26899 | 11119 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14384 6041)) |
25876 | 11120 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
11121 | |
11122 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
11123 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
11124 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
11125 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
11126 | |
11127 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
11128 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
11129 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
11130 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
11131 value is the user's name.) | |
11132 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
11133 | |
11134 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
11135 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
11136 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
11137 which normally happens once for each message, | |
11138 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
11139 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
11140 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
11141 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
11142 | |
11143 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
11144 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
11145 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
11146 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
11147 | |
11148 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
11149 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
11150 | |
11151 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
11152 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
11153 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
11154 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
11155 | |
11156 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
11157 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
11158 | |
11159 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
11160 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
11161 | |
11162 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
11163 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
11164 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
11165 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
11166 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
11167 | |
11168 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
11169 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
11170 | |
11171 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
11172 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
11173 | |
11174 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
11175 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
11176 | |
11177 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ | |
11178 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
11179 | |
11180 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
11181 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
11182 | |
11183 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
11184 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
11185 | |
11186 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ | |
11187 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
11188 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
11189 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
11190 | |
11191 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
11192 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
11193 | |
11194 This is set to nil by default.") | |
11195 | |
11196 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
11197 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
11198 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
11199 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
11200 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
11201 | |
11202 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
11203 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
11204 | |
11205 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
11206 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
11207 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
11208 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
11209 | |
11210 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
11211 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
11212 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
11213 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
11214 | |
11215 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
11216 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
11217 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
11218 | |
11219 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
11220 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
11221 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
11222 | |
11223 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
11224 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
11225 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
11226 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
11227 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
11228 | |
11229 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
11230 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
11231 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
11232 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
11233 | |
11234 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
11235 | |
11236 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
11237 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
11238 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
11239 Instead, these commands are available: | |
11240 | |
11241 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
11242 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
11243 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
11244 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
11245 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
11246 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
11247 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
11248 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
11249 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
11250 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
11251 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
11252 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
11253 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
11254 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
11255 till a deleted message is found. | |
11256 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
11257 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
11258 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
11259 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
11260 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
11261 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
11262 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
11263 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
11264 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
11265 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
11266 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
11267 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
11268 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
11269 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
11270 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
11271 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
11272 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
11273 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
11274 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
11275 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
11276 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
11277 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
11278 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
11279 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
11280 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
11281 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
11282 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
11283 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
11284 | |
11285 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
11286 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
11287 | |
11288 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
11289 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
11290 | |
11291 ;;;*** | |
11292 | |
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
26899 | 11294 ;;;;;; (14387 64265)) |
25876 | 11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
11296 | |
11297 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
11298 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
11299 | |
11300 ;;;*** | |
11301 | |
11302 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
11303 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 11304 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
11306 | |
11307 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11308 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
11309 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
11310 | |
11311 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11312 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
11313 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
11314 | |
11315 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
11316 | |
11317 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11318 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
11319 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
11320 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
11321 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11322 | |
11323 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11324 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
11325 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
11326 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
11327 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11328 | |
11329 ;;;*** | |
11330 | |
11331 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 11332 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 11333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
11334 | |
11335 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
11336 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
11337 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
11338 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
11339 | |
11340 ;;;*** | |
11341 | |
11342 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
11343 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
25998 | 11344 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393)) |
25876 | 11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
11346 | |
11347 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
11348 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
11349 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
11350 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
11351 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
11352 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
11353 a file name as a string.") | |
11354 | |
11355 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11356 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11357 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
11358 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
11359 buffer visiting that file. | |
11360 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
11361 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
11362 | |
11363 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
11364 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11365 | |
11366 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11367 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil) | |
11368 | |
11369 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
11370 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
11371 | |
11372 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
11373 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11374 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11375 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
11376 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
11377 | |
11378 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
11379 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
11380 will be appended with their original headers. | |
11381 | |
11382 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
11383 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11384 | |
11385 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
11386 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
11387 | |
11388 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
11389 | |
11390 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11391 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
11392 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
11393 | |
11394 ;;;*** | |
11395 | |
11396 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
11397 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 11398 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
11399 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
11401 | |
11402 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11403 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
11404 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11405 | |
11406 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11407 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
11408 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11409 | |
11410 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11411 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
11412 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11413 | |
11414 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11415 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
11416 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11417 | |
11418 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11419 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
11420 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11421 | |
11422 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11423 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
11424 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11425 | |
11426 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11427 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
11428 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
11429 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
11430 | |
11431 ;;;*** | |
11432 | |
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders | |
11434 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients | |
11435 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag | |
11436 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" | |
26899 | 11437 ;;;;;; (14419 37963)) |
25876 | 11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
11439 | |
11440 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
11441 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
11442 | |
11443 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
11444 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
11445 | |
11446 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11447 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
11448 | |
11449 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11450 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
11451 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
11452 | |
11453 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11454 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
11455 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
11456 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
11457 only look in the To and From fields. | |
11458 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
11459 | |
11460 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11461 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
11462 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
11463 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
11464 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
11465 | |
11466 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11467 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
11468 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
11469 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
11470 look in the whole message. | |
11471 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
11472 | |
11473 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11474 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
11475 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
11476 | |
11477 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
11478 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
11479 | |
11480 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
11481 | |
11482 ;;;*** | |
11483 | |
11484 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
25998 | 11485 ;;;;;; (14263 36299)) |
25876 | 11486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
11487 | |
11488 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
11489 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
11490 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
11491 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
11492 | |
11493 ;;;*** | |
11494 | |
11495 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
11496 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866)) | |
11497 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el | |
11498 | |
11499 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
11500 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
11501 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
11502 | |
11503 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
11504 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
11505 | |
11506 ;;;*** | |
11507 | |
11508 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
11509 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
11510 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
25998 | 11511 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
25876 | 11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
11513 | |
11514 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 11515 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11516 |
11517 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11518 | |
11519 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
11520 | |
11521 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 11522 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11523 |
11524 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 11525 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11526 |
11527 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 11528 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11529 |
11530 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 11531 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11532 |
11533 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 11534 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11535 |
11536 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 11537 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 11538 |
11539 ;;;*** | |
11540 | |
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
25998 | 11542 ;;;;;; (13730 30380)) |
25876 | 11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
11544 | |
11545 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
11546 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
11547 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode. | |
11548 | |
11549 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
11550 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
11551 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
11552 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
11553 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information | |
11554 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode. | |
11555 | |
11556 Commands: | |
11557 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11558 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
11559 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
11560 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook | |
11561 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11562 | |
11563 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
11564 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
11565 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode. | |
11566 | |
11567 Commands: | |
11568 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11569 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
11570 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
11571 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
11572 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
11573 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
11574 | |
11575 ;;;*** | |
11576 | |
11577 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
11578 ;;;;;; (14030 49534)) | |
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el | |
11580 | |
11581 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
11582 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
11583 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
11584 | |
11585 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11586 | |
11587 ;;;*** | |
11588 | |
26724 | 11589 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
26899 | 11590 ;;;;;; 56615)) |
25876 | 11591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
11592 | |
11593 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
11594 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 11595 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 11596 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
11597 | |
11598 Interesting variables: | |
11599 | |
11600 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
11601 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
11602 | |
11603 scribe-electric-quote | |
11604 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
11605 | |
11606 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
11607 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
11608 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
11609 | |
11610 ;;;*** | |
11611 | |
11612 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
11613 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
11614 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
25998 | 11615 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
11616 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531)) | |
25876 | 11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
11618 | |
11619 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
11620 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
11621 | |
11622 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
11623 king@grassland.com | |
11624 If `parens', they look like: | |
11625 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11626 If `angles', they look like: | |
11627 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 11628 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
11629 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
11630 | |
11631 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
11632 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
11633 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
11634 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
11635 | |
11636 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\ | |
11637 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | |
11638 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
11639 | |
11640 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
11641 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 11642 |
11643 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
11644 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
11645 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
11646 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
11647 | |
11648 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
11649 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
11650 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
11651 | |
11652 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
11653 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
11654 | |
11655 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
11656 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
11657 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
11658 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
11659 | |
11660 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
11661 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
11662 | |
11663 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
11664 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
11665 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
11666 | |
11667 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
11668 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
11669 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
11670 when you first send mail.") | |
11671 | |
11672 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
11673 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
11674 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
11675 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
11676 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
11677 | |
11678 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
11679 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
11680 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
11681 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
11682 This file need not actually exist.") | |
11683 | |
11684 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
11685 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
11686 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
11687 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
11688 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
11689 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
11690 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
11691 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
11692 | |
11693 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
11694 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
11695 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
11696 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
11697 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
11698 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
11699 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
11700 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
11701 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
11702 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
11703 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
11704 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
11705 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
11706 | |
11707 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
11708 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
11709 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
11710 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
11711 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 11712 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 11713 |
11714 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
11715 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
11716 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
11717 | |
11718 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
11719 User should not set this variable manually, | |
11720 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
11721 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 11722 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 11723 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
11724 | |
11725 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
11726 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
11727 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
11728 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
11729 | |
11730 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
11731 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
11732 | |
11733 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
11734 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
11735 | |
11736 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
11737 to move to message header fields: | |
11738 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
11739 | |
11740 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
11741 when the message is initialized. | |
11742 | |
11743 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
11744 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
11745 | |
11746 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
11747 is inserted. | |
11748 | |
11749 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
11750 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
11751 | |
11752 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
11753 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
11754 | |
11755 The second through fifth arguments, | |
11756 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
11757 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
11758 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
11759 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
11760 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
11761 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
11762 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
11763 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
11764 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
11765 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
11766 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
11767 | |
11768 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
11769 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
11770 | |
11771 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
11772 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
11773 | |
11774 ;;;*** | |
11775 | |
25998 | 11776 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343)) |
25876 | 11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
11778 | |
11779 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
11780 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
11781 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
11782 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
11783 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
11784 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
11785 | |
11786 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
11787 | |
11788 ;;;*** | |
11789 | |
11790 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
26899 | 11791 ;;;;;; (14363 23788)) |
25876 | 11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
11793 | |
11794 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
11795 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
11796 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
11797 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
11798 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
11799 | |
11800 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
11801 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
11802 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
11803 | |
11804 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
11805 your `.emacs' file. | |
11806 | |
11807 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
11808 | |
11809 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
11810 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
11811 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11812 | |
11813 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
11814 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
11815 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
11816 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
11817 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
11818 which this is based. | |
11819 | |
11820 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
11821 | |
11822 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
11823 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
11824 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
11825 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
11826 | |
11827 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
11828 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
11829 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
11830 | |
11831 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
11832 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
11833 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
11834 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
11835 | |
11836 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
11837 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
11838 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
11839 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
11840 | |
11841 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
11842 | |
11843 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
11844 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
11845 To work around that, do: | |
11846 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
11847 | |
11848 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11849 | |
11850 ;;;*** | |
11851 | |
11852 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
26899 | 11853 ;;;;;; (14419 41150)) |
25876 | 11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
11855 | |
11856 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
11857 | |
11858 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
11859 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
11860 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
11861 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
11862 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
11863 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
11864 | |
11865 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
11866 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
11867 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
11868 shell-specific features. | |
11869 | |
11870 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
11871 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
11872 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
11873 | |
11874 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
11875 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
11876 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
11877 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
11878 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
11879 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
11880 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
11881 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
11882 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
11883 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
11884 | |
25998 | 11885 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
11886 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
11887 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
11888 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
11889 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
11890 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
11891 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted. | |
11892 | |
11893 | |
25876 | 11894 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
11895 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
11896 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
11897 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
11898 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
11899 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
11900 | |
11901 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
11902 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
11903 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
11904 | |
11905 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
11906 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
11907 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
11908 | |
11909 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
11910 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
11911 | |
11912 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
11913 | |
11914 ;;;*** | |
11915 | |
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 11917 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 11918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
11919 | |
11920 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
11921 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
11922 | |
11923 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
11924 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
11925 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
11926 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
11927 the earlier. | |
11928 | |
11929 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
11930 | |
11931 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
11932 | |
11933 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
11934 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
11935 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
11936 | |
11937 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
11938 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
11939 | |
11940 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
11941 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
11942 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
11943 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
11944 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
11945 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
11946 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
11947 emacs version). | |
11948 | |
11949 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
11950 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
11951 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
11952 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
11953 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
11954 | |
11955 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
11956 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
11957 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
11958 | |
11959 ;;;*** | |
11960 | |
11961 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el" | |
25998 | 11962 ;;;;;; (14263 35978)) |
25876 | 11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
11964 | |
11965 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\ | |
11966 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell. | |
11967 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well. | |
11968 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
11969 shell buffer. | |
11970 | |
11971 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does, | |
11972 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input | |
11973 on lines which don't start with a prompt. | |
11974 | |
11975 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.") | |
11976 | |
11977 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
11978 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*. | |
11979 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
11980 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'. | |
11981 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
11982 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
11983 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
11984 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
11985 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
11986 discards input when it starts up.) | |
11987 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
11988 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
11989 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
11990 | |
11991 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
11992 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
11993 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
11994 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
11995 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
11996 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
11997 | |
11998 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
11999 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
12000 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
12001 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
12002 | |
12003 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12004 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
12005 | |
12006 ;;;*** | |
12007 | |
25998 | 12008 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
12009 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
12011 | |
12012 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
12013 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
12014 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
12015 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12016 simula-tab-always-indent | |
12017 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12018 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12019 simula-indent-level | |
12020 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
12021 simula-substatement-offset | |
12022 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
12023 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
12024 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
12025 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
12026 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
12027 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
12028 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
12029 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
12030 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12031 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
12032 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
12033 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
12034 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12035 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
12036 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
12037 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
12038 simula-electric-indent nil | |
12039 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
12040 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
12041 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
12042 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
12043 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
12044 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12045 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
12046 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
12047 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
12048 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12049 | |
12050 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
12051 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
12052 | |
12053 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
12054 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
12055 at all." t nil) | |
12056 | |
12057 ;;;*** | |
12058 | |
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
12060 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
25998 | 12061 ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
25876 | 12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
12063 | |
12064 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
12065 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
12066 | |
12067 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
12068 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
12069 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
12070 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
12071 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
12072 | |
12073 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
12074 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12075 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12076 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12077 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12078 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12079 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12080 | |
12081 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12082 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12083 ignored." t nil) | |
12084 | |
12085 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
12086 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12087 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12088 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12089 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12090 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12091 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12092 | |
12093 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12094 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12095 ignored." t nil) | |
12096 | |
12097 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
12098 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
12099 | |
12100 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
12101 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
12102 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
12103 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
12104 | |
12105 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
12106 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
12107 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
12108 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
12109 | |
12110 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
12111 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
12112 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
12113 | |
12114 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
12115 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
12116 | |
12117 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
12118 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
12119 | |
12120 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
12121 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
12122 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
12123 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
12124 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
12125 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
12126 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
12127 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
12128 nil skipped | |
12129 | |
12130 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
12131 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
12132 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
12133 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
12134 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
12135 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
12136 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
12137 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
12138 | |
12139 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
12140 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
12141 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
12142 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
12143 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
12144 available: | |
12145 | |
12146 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
12147 then: insert previously read string once more | |
12148 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
12149 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
12150 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
12151 | |
12152 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
12153 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
12154 | |
12155 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
12156 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
12157 | |
12158 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
12159 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
12160 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
12161 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
12162 | |
12163 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
12164 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
12165 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
12166 | |
12167 ;;;*** | |
12168 | |
26899 | 12169 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415 |
12170 ;;;;;; 42981)) | |
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el | |
12172 | |
12173 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
12174 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
12175 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12176 | |
12177 ;;;*** | |
12178 | |
25876 | 12179 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
26899 | 12180 ;;;;;; (14342 21630)) |
25876 | 12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
12182 | |
12183 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
12184 | |
12185 ;;;*** | |
12186 | |
25998 | 12187 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
12189 | |
12190 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
12191 Play the Snake game. | |
12192 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
12193 | |
12194 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
12195 | |
12196 snake-mode keybindings: | |
12197 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
12198 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
12199 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
12200 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
12201 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
12202 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
12203 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
12204 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
12205 | |
12206 " t nil) | |
12207 | |
12208 ;;;*** | |
12209 | |
12210 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el" | |
25998 | 12211 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
25876 | 12212 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el |
12213 | |
12214 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
12215 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
12216 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
12217 Tab indents for C code. | |
12218 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
12219 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12220 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
12221 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
12222 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12223 | |
12224 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
12225 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
12226 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
12227 Tab indents for C code. | |
12228 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
12229 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12230 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
12231 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
12232 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12233 | |
12234 ;;;*** | |
12235 | |
12236 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
12237 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
12238 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
12240 | |
12241 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
12242 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
12243 | |
12244 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
12245 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
12246 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
12247 | |
12248 For example, the form | |
12249 | |
12250 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
12251 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
12252 | |
12253 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
12254 | |
12255 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
12256 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
12257 | |
12258 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
12259 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
12260 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
12261 York City. | |
12262 | |
12263 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12264 | |
12265 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
12266 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
12267 | |
12268 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
12269 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
12270 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
12271 York City. | |
12272 | |
12273 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12274 | |
12275 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
12276 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
12277 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
12278 pair. | |
12279 | |
12280 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12281 | |
12282 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
12283 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
12284 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
12285 | |
12286 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
12287 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
12288 | |
12289 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
12290 | |
12291 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
12292 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
12293 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
12294 | |
12295 ;;;*** | |
12296 | |
12297 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 12298 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
12300 | |
12301 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
12302 Play Solitaire. | |
12303 | |
12304 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
12305 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
12306 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
12307 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
12308 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
12309 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
12310 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
12311 check after each move or undo) | |
12312 | |
12313 What is Solitaire? | |
12314 | |
12315 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
12316 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
12317 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
12318 | |
12319 Le Solitaire | |
12320 ============ | |
12321 | |
12322 o o o | |
12323 | |
12324 o o o | |
12325 | |
12326 o o o o o o o | |
12327 | |
12328 o o o . o o o | |
12329 | |
12330 o o o o o o o | |
12331 | |
12332 o o o | |
12333 | |
12334 o o o | |
12335 | |
12336 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
12337 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
12338 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
12339 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
12340 | |
12341 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
12342 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
12343 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
12344 this: o o . | |
12345 | |
12346 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
12347 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
12348 | |
12349 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
12350 | |
12351 o o o | |
12352 | |
12353 . o o | |
12354 | |
12355 o o . o o o o | |
12356 | |
12357 o . o o o o o | |
12358 | |
12359 o o o o o o o | |
12360 | |
12361 o o o | |
12362 | |
12363 o o o | |
12364 | |
12365 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
12366 | |
12367 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12368 | |
12369 ;;;*** | |
12370 | |
12371 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
12372 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
25998 | 12373 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541)) |
25876 | 12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
12375 | |
12376 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
12377 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
12378 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
12379 | |
12380 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
12381 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
12382 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
12383 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
12384 contiguous. | |
12385 | |
12386 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
12387 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
12388 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12389 the sort order. | |
12390 | |
12391 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
12392 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
12393 | |
12394 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
12395 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
12396 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
12397 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
12398 is called. | |
12399 | |
12400 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
12401 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
12402 | |
12403 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
12404 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
12405 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
12406 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
12407 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
12408 | |
12409 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
12410 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
12411 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
12412 | |
12413 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
12414 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12415 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12416 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12417 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12418 the sort order." t nil) | |
12419 | |
12420 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
12421 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12422 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12423 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12424 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12425 the sort order." t nil) | |
12426 | |
12427 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
12428 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12429 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12430 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12431 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12432 the sort order." t nil) | |
12433 | |
12434 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12435 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
12436 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
12437 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region. | |
12438 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
12439 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12440 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
12441 | |
12442 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12443 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
12444 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
12445 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
12446 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12447 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
12448 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12449 the sort order." t nil) | |
12450 | |
12451 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12452 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
12453 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
12454 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
12455 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
12456 is to be used for sorting. | |
12457 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
12458 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
12459 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
12460 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
12461 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
12462 | |
12463 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
12464 | |
12465 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12466 the sort order. | |
12467 | |
12468 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
12469 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
12470 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
12471 | |
12472 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
12473 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
12474 For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
12475 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
12476 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
12477 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
12478 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12479 the sort order. | |
12480 | |
12481 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
12482 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
12483 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
12484 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
12485 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
12486 | |
12487 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
12488 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
12489 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
12490 | |
12491 ;;;*** | |
12492 | |
12493 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
26724 | 12494 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247)) |
25876 | 12495 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
12496 | |
12497 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
12498 | |
12499 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
12500 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
12501 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
12502 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
12503 supported at a time. | |
12504 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
12505 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
12506 | |
12507 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
12508 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
12509 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
12510 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
12511 | |
12512 ;;;*** | |
12513 | |
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 12515 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
12517 | |
12518 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
12519 | |
12520 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
12521 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
12522 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
12523 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
12524 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
12525 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
12526 | |
12527 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
12528 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
12529 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
12530 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
12531 | |
12532 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
12533 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
12534 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
12535 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
12536 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
12537 | |
12538 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
12539 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
12540 | |
12541 ;;;*** | |
12542 | |
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 12544 ;;;;;; 43485)) |
25876 | 12545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
12546 | |
12547 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
12548 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
12549 | |
12550 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
12551 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
12552 | |
12553 ;;;*** | |
12554 | |
12555 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" | |
26899 | 12556 ;;;;;; (14395 64704)) |
25876 | 12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
12558 | |
12559 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 12560 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 12561 |
12562 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
12563 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
12564 | |
12565 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
12566 | |
12567 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
12568 | |
12569 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
12570 | |
12571 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
12572 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
12573 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
12574 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
12575 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
12576 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
12577 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
12578 | |
12579 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
12580 | |
12581 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
12582 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
12583 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
12584 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
12585 | |
12586 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each | |
12587 entry function you want to use regularly: | |
12588 | |
12589 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t) | |
12590 | |
12591 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
12592 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
12593 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
12594 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
12595 | |
12596 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
12597 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
12598 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
12599 | |
12600 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
12601 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
12602 | |
12603 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
12604 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
12605 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
12606 | |
25998 | 12607 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 12608 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
12609 | |
12610 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
12611 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
12612 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
12613 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
12614 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
12615 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
12616 | |
12617 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
12618 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
12619 | |
12620 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | |
12621 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
12622 | |
12623 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
12624 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
12625 `*SQL*'. | |
12626 | |
12627 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
12628 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
12629 | |
12630 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
12631 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
12632 | |
12633 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
12634 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
12635 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
12636 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
12637 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 12638 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 12639 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
12640 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
12641 | |
12642 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
12643 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
12644 | |
12645 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12646 | |
12647 ;;;*** | |
12648 | |
12649 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help | |
12650 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke | |
12651 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) | |
25998 | 12652 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462)) |
25876 | 12653 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
12654 | |
12655 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
12656 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled") | |
12657 | |
12658 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12659 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
12660 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
12661 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
12662 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
12663 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
12664 | |
12665 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
12666 | |
12667 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12668 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
12669 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
12670 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
12671 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
12672 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
12673 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
12674 | |
12675 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12676 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
12677 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
12678 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
12679 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
12680 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
12681 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
12682 | |
12683 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12684 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand. | |
12685 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
12686 | |
12687 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12688 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
12689 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
12690 | |
12691 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12692 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
12693 | |
12694 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
12695 | |
12696 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
12697 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil) | |
12698 | |
12699 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
12700 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
12701 | |
12702 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
12703 | |
12704 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
12705 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
12706 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
12707 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
12708 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
12709 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
12710 new strokes with | |
12711 | |
12712 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
12713 | |
12714 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
12715 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your | |
12716 strokes with | |
12717 | |
12718 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
12719 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
12720 | |
12721 ;;;*** | |
12722 | |
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
26899 | 12724 ;;;;;; (14385 23496)) |
25876 | 12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
12726 | |
12727 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
12728 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
12729 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
12730 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
12731 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
12732 original message but it does require a few things: | |
12733 | |
12734 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
12735 | |
12736 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
12737 reply buffer. | |
12738 | |
12739 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
12740 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
12741 original message. | |
12742 | |
12743 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
12744 | |
12745 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
12746 | |
12747 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
12748 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
12749 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
12750 | |
12751 ;;;*** | |
12752 | |
12753 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735)) | |
12754 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el | |
12755 | |
12756 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
12757 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
12758 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
12759 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
12760 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
12761 | |
12762 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
12763 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
12764 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
12765 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
12766 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
12767 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
12768 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
12769 | |
12770 ;;;*** | |
12771 | |
25998 | 12772 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 12773 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
12774 | |
12775 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
12776 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
12777 | |
12778 ;;;*** | |
12779 | |
25998 | 12780 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779)) |
25876 | 12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
12782 | |
12783 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
12784 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
12785 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
12786 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
12787 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
12788 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
12789 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
12790 | |
12791 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
12792 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
12793 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
12794 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
12795 | |
12796 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
12797 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
12798 | |
12799 ;;;*** | |
12800 | |
25998 | 12801 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
12802 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428)) | |
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | |
12804 | |
12805 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
12806 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
12807 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
12808 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
12809 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
12810 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12811 | |
12812 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12813 tcl-indent-level | |
12814 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
12815 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
12816 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
12817 | |
12818 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
12819 documentation for details): | |
12820 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
12821 Controls action of TAB key. | |
12822 tcl-auto-newline | |
12823 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
12824 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
12825 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
12826 Controls action of `#' key. | |
12827 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
12828 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
12829 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
12830 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
12831 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
12832 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
12833 | |
12834 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
12835 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
12836 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
12837 already exist. | |
12838 | |
12839 Commands: | |
12840 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12841 | |
12842 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
12843 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
12844 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
12845 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
12846 | |
12847 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
12848 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
12849 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
12850 | |
12851 ;;;*** | |
12852 | |
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416)) | |
25876 | 12854 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el |
12855 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
12856 | |
12857 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
12858 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
12859 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
12860 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
12861 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
12862 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
12863 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
12864 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
12865 | |
12866 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
12867 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
12868 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
12869 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
12870 | |
12871 ;;;*** | |
12872 | |
25998 | 12873 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268 |
12874 ;;;;;; 17354)) | |
25876 | 12875 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
12876 | |
12877 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
12878 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
12879 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
12880 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
12881 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
12882 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
12883 | |
12884 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
12885 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
12886 | |
12887 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
12888 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
12889 | |
12890 ;;;*** | |
12891 | |
25998 | 12892 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280 |
12893 ;;;;;; 10588)) | |
25876 | 12894 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
12895 | |
12896 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
12897 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
12898 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
12899 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
12900 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
12901 program as keyboard input. | |
12902 | |
12903 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
12904 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
12905 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
12906 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
12907 | |
12908 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
12909 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
12910 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
12911 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
12912 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
12913 | |
12914 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
12915 | |
12916 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
12917 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
12918 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
12919 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
12920 | |
12921 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
12922 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
12923 subprocess started." t nil) | |
12924 | |
12925 ;;;*** | |
12926 | |
25998 | 12927 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 12928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
12929 | |
12930 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
12931 Play the Tetris game. | |
12932 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
12933 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
12934 as to form complete rows. | |
12935 | |
12936 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
12937 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
12938 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
12939 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
12940 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
12941 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
12942 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
12943 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
12944 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
12945 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
12946 | |
12947 " t nil) | |
12948 | |
12949 ;;;*** | |
12950 | |
12951 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
12952 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
12953 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
12954 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
12955 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
12956 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
12957 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
26899 | 12958 ;;;;;; (14365 35043)) |
25876 | 12959 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
12960 | |
12961 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
12962 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
12963 | |
12964 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
12965 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
12966 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
12967 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
12968 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
12969 | |
12970 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
12971 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
12972 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
12973 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
12974 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
12975 | |
12976 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
12977 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
12978 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
12979 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
12980 | |
12981 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
12982 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
12983 | |
12984 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
12985 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
12986 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
12987 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
12988 | |
12989 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
12990 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
12991 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
12992 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
12993 | |
12994 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
12995 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
12996 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
12997 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
12998 | |
12999 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
13000 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
13001 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
13002 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
13003 | |
13004 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
13005 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
13006 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
13007 | |
13008 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
13009 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
13010 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13011 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13012 | |
13013 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13014 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13015 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13016 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13017 | |
13018 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13019 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
13020 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13021 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13022 | |
13023 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
13024 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
13025 for example, | |
13026 | |
13027 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13028 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
13029 | |
13030 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
13031 use.") | |
13032 | |
13033 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
13034 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
13035 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13036 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13037 | |
13038 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
13039 window system being used. For example, | |
13040 | |
13041 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
13042 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
13043 | |
13044 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
13045 otherwise.") | |
13046 | |
13047 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
13048 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
13049 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
13050 | |
26724 | 13051 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 13052 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
13053 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
13054 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
13055 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
13056 | |
13057 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
13058 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
13059 | |
13060 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
13061 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
13062 | |
13063 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13064 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
13065 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
13066 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
13067 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
13068 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
13069 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
13070 | |
13071 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
13072 | |
13073 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
13074 | |
13075 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
13076 | |
13077 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13078 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
13079 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13080 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13081 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13082 | |
13083 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
13084 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
13085 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13086 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13087 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13088 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13089 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13090 | |
13091 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13092 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13093 | |
13094 Special commands: | |
13095 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13096 | |
13097 Mode variables: | |
13098 tex-run-command | |
13099 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13100 tex-directory | |
13101 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
13102 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13103 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13104 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13105 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13106 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13107 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13108 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13109 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13110 tex-show-queue-command | |
13111 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13112 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13113 | |
13114 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13115 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
13116 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13117 | |
13118 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13119 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
13120 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13121 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13122 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13123 | |
13124 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13125 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13126 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13127 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13128 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13129 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13130 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13131 | |
13132 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13133 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13134 | |
13135 Special commands: | |
13136 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13137 | |
13138 Mode variables: | |
13139 latex-run-command | |
13140 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13141 tex-directory | |
13142 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
13143 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13144 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13145 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13146 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13147 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13148 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13149 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13150 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13151 tex-show-queue-command | |
13152 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13153 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13154 | |
13155 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
13156 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
13157 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13158 | |
13159 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13160 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
13161 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13162 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13163 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13164 | |
13165 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13166 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13167 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13168 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13169 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13170 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13171 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13172 | |
13173 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13174 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13175 | |
13176 Special commands: | |
13177 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13178 | |
13179 Mode variables: | |
13180 slitex-run-command | |
13181 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13182 tex-directory | |
13183 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
13184 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13185 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13186 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13187 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13188 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13189 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13190 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13191 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13192 tex-show-queue-command | |
13193 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13194 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13195 | |
13196 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13197 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
13198 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
13199 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13200 | |
13201 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
13202 | |
13203 ;;;*** | |
13204 | |
13205 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
25998 | 13206 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003)) |
25876 | 13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
13208 | |
13209 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13210 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
13211 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
13212 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
13213 | |
13214 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
13215 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
13216 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
13217 | |
13218 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13219 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
13220 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
13221 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
13222 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
13223 | |
13224 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13225 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
13226 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
13227 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
13228 | |
13229 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
13230 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
13231 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
13232 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
13233 | |
13234 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
13235 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
13236 | |
13237 ;;;*** | |
13238 | |
13239 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
25998 | 13240 ;;;;;; (14302 8279)) |
25876 | 13241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
13242 | |
13243 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
13244 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
13245 | |
13246 It has these extra commands: | |
13247 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
13248 | |
13249 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
13250 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
13251 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
13252 modified version of TeX input format. | |
13253 | |
13254 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
13255 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
13256 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
13257 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
13258 | |
13259 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
13260 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
13261 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
13262 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
13263 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
13264 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
13265 in the Texinfo file. | |
13266 | |
13267 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
13268 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
13269 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
13270 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
13271 move forward past the closing brace. | |
13272 | |
13273 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
13274 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
13275 | |
13276 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
13277 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
13278 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
13279 | |
13280 Here are the functions: | |
13281 | |
13282 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
13283 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
13284 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
13285 | |
13286 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
13287 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
13288 texinfo-master-menu | |
13289 | |
13290 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
13291 | |
13292 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
13293 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
13294 | |
13295 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
13296 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
13297 in the region. | |
13298 | |
13299 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
13300 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
13301 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
13302 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
13303 | |
13304 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
13305 be the first node in the file. | |
13306 | |
13307 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the | |
13308 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil) | |
13309 | |
13310 ;;;*** | |
13311 | |
13312 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
13313 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
25998 | 13314 ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
25876 | 13315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
13316 | |
13317 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13318 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13319 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
13320 | |
13321 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
13322 keybindings, are: | |
13323 | |
13324 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
13325 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
13326 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
13327 | |
13328 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
13329 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
13330 texinfo-master-menu () | |
13331 | |
13332 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
13333 | |
13334 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
13335 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
13336 | |
13337 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13338 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
13339 | |
13340 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13341 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
13342 | |
13343 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
13344 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
13345 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
13346 `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
13347 | |
13348 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13349 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
13350 marked region. | |
13351 | |
13352 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
13353 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
13354 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
13355 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
13356 | |
13357 ;;;*** | |
13358 | |
26899 | 13359 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
25876 | 13360 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region |
13361 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" | |
26899 | 13362 ;;;;;; (14422 54141)) |
25876 | 13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
13364 | |
13365 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\ | |
13366 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil) | |
13367 | |
13368 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
13369 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
13370 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
13371 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
13372 | |
13373 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
13374 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
13375 | |
13376 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
13377 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
13378 | |
13379 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
13380 | |
26899 | 13381 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
13382 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
13383 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
13384 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
13385 to compose. | |
13386 | |
13387 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13388 |
13389 ;;;*** | |
13390 | |
13391 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
25998 | 13392 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234)) |
25876 | 13393 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
13394 | |
13395 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13396 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
13397 | |
13398 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13399 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
13400 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
13401 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
13402 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
13403 | |
13404 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
13405 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
13406 | |
13407 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
13408 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
13409 | |
13410 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13411 Return the THING at point. | |
13412 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
13413 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
13414 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
13415 | |
13416 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
13417 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
13418 | |
13419 ;;;*** | |
13420 | |
13421 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 13422 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
13423 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan | |
13424 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment) | |
13425 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14422 54141)) | |
25876 | 13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
13427 | |
13428 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil) | |
13429 | |
26899 | 13430 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 13431 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
13432 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
13433 | |
26899 | 13434 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
13435 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
13436 | |
13437 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13438 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
13439 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13440 |
13441 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 13442 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 13443 |
13444 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 13445 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
13446 | |
13447 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region)) | |
13448 | |
13449 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string)) | |
13450 | |
13451 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 13452 |
13453 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13454 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 13455 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 13456 |
13457 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13458 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
13459 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
13460 | |
13461 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
13462 | |
13463 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
13464 | |
13465 ;;;*** | |
13466 | |
26724 | 13467 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
26899 | 13468 ;;;;;; (14357 30900)) |
26724 | 13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
13470 | |
13471 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
13472 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
13473 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
13474 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
13475 parameters. | |
13476 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
13477 | |
13478 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
13479 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
13480 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
13481 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
13482 parameters. | |
13483 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
13484 | |
13485 ;;;*** | |
13486 | |
25998 | 13487 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date |
13488 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854)) | |
25876 | 13489 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
13490 | |
25998 | 13491 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
13492 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13494 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
13495 | |
13496 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13497 | |
13498 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
13499 | |
25876 | 13500 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
13501 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
13502 | |
13503 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
13504 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13505 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
13506 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
13507 are displayed as well. | |
13508 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
13509 | |
13510 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
13511 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13512 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
13513 | |
13514 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
13515 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
13516 are displayed as well. | |
13517 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
13518 | |
13519 ;;;*** | |
13520 | |
13521 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
25998 | 13522 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981)) |
25876 | 13523 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
13524 | |
13525 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 13526 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 13527 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
13528 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
13529 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
13530 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
13531 look like one of the following: | |
13532 Time-stamp: <> | |
13533 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
13534 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
13535 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
13536 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
13537 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 13538 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
13539 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
13540 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 13541 |
13542 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
13543 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
13544 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
13545 | |
13546 ;;;*** | |
13547 | |
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | |
13549 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
25998 | 13550 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821)) |
25876 | 13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
13552 | |
13553 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
13554 | |
13555 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13556 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
13557 | |
13558 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
13559 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
13560 | |
13561 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
13562 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
13563 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
13564 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
13565 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
13566 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
13567 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
13568 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13569 | |
13570 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13571 | |
13572 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13573 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
13574 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
13575 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
13576 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13577 | |
13578 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13579 | |
13580 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
13581 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
13582 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
13583 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
13584 | |
13585 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13586 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
13587 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
13588 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | |
13589 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13590 | |
13591 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13592 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
13593 | |
13594 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
13595 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
13596 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
13597 The call should look like: | |
13598 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
13599 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
13600 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
13601 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
13602 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
13603 | |
13604 ;;;*** | |
13605 | |
13606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
25998 | 13607 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800)) |
25876 | 13608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
13609 | |
13610 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
13611 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
13612 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
13613 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
13614 | |
13615 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
13616 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
13617 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
13618 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
13619 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
13620 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
13621 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
13622 | |
13623 ;;;*** | |
13624 | |
13625 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
25998 | 13626 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780)) |
25876 | 13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
13628 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
13629 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
13630 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
13631 | |
13632 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
13633 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
13634 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
13635 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
13636 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
13637 | |
13638 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
13639 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
13640 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
13641 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
13642 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
13643 | |
13644 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
13645 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
13646 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
13647 in the menu in two ways: | |
13648 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
13649 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
13650 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
13651 | |
13652 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
13653 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
13654 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
13655 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
13656 | |
13657 ;;;*** | |
13658 | |
25998 | 13659 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
13660 ;;;;;; (14268 20081)) | |
25876 | 13661 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
13662 | |
13663 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
13664 Mode for tooltip display. | |
13665 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
13666 | |
25998 | 13667 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
13668 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
13669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13670 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
13671 | |
13672 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13673 | |
13674 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
13675 | |
13676 ;;;*** | |
13677 | |
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 | |
13679 ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
25876 | 13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
13681 | |
13682 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
13683 | |
13684 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
13685 | |
13686 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
13687 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
13688 | |
13689 ;;;*** | |
13690 | |
13691 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
25998 | 13692 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
25876 | 13693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
13694 | |
13695 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13696 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
13697 | |
13698 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13699 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
13700 | |
13701 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13702 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
13703 | |
13704 ;;;*** | |
13705 | |
25998 | 13706 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 13707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
13708 | |
13709 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
13710 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
13711 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
13712 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
13713 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
13714 | |
13715 ;;;*** | |
13716 | |
13717 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
25998 | 13718 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440)) |
25876 | 13719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
13720 | |
13721 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
13722 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
13723 | |
13724 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
13725 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
13726 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
13727 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
13728 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
13729 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
13730 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
13731 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
13732 | |
13733 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
13734 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
13735 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
13736 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
13737 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
13738 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
13739 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
13740 | |
13741 ;;;*** | |
13742 | |
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
25998 | 13744 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
25876 | 13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
13746 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
13747 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
13748 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
13749 | |
13750 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
13751 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
13752 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
13753 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
13754 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
13755 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
13756 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
13757 | |
13758 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
13759 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
13760 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
13761 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
13762 | |
13763 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
13764 | |
13765 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
13766 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
13767 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
13768 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
13769 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
13770 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
13771 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
13772 | |
13773 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
13774 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
13775 | |
13776 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
13777 \\___/\\ | |
13778 / \\ | |
13779 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
13780 | |
13781 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
13782 | |
13783 ;;;*** | |
13784 | |
13785 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
13786 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
13787 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
25998 | 13788 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029)) |
25876 | 13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
13790 | |
13791 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
13792 Toggle typing break mode. | |
13793 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
13794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13795 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
13796 | |
13797 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13798 | |
13799 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
13800 | |
13801 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
13802 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
13803 | |
13804 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
13805 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
13806 | |
13807 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
13808 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
13809 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
13810 | |
13811 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
13812 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
13813 | |
13814 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
13815 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
13816 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
13817 | |
13818 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
13819 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
13820 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
13821 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
13822 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
13823 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
13824 | |
13825 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
13826 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
13827 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
13828 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
13829 | |
13830 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
13831 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
13832 | |
13833 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
13834 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
13835 | |
13836 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
13837 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
13838 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
13839 | |
13840 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
13841 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
13842 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
13843 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
13844 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
13845 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
13846 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
13847 | |
13848 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
13849 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
13850 | |
13851 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
13852 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
13853 reset the keystroke counter. | |
13854 | |
13855 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
13856 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
13857 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
13858 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
13859 | |
13860 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
13861 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
13862 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
13863 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
13864 | |
13865 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
13866 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
13867 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
13868 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
13869 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
13870 or not to continue. | |
13871 | |
13872 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
13873 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
13874 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
13875 approximate good values for this. | |
13876 | |
13877 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
13878 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
13879 | |
13880 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
13881 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
13882 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
13883 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
13884 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
13885 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
13886 | |
13887 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
13888 a typing break occur. They include: | |
13889 | |
13890 `type-break-query-mode' | |
13891 `type-break-query-function' | |
13892 `type-break-query-interval' | |
13893 | |
13894 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
13895 | |
13896 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
13897 Take a typing break. | |
13898 | |
13899 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
13900 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
13901 | |
13902 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
13903 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
13904 | |
13905 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
13906 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
13907 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
13908 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
13909 | |
13910 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
13911 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
13912 | |
13913 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
13914 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
13915 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
13916 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
13917 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
13918 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
13919 average typing speed.) | |
13920 | |
13921 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
13922 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
13923 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
13924 the computed maximum threshold. | |
13925 | |
13926 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
13927 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
13928 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
13929 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
13930 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
13931 | |
13932 ;;;*** | |
13933 | |
13934 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 13935 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 13936 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
13937 | |
13938 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
13939 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
13940 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
13941 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
13942 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
13943 | |
13944 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
13945 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
13946 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
13947 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
13948 | |
13949 ;;;*** | |
13950 | |
13951 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
25998 | 13952 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727)) |
25876 | 13953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
13954 | |
13955 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
13956 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
13957 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
13958 | |
13959 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
13960 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
13961 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
13962 following the containing message." t nil) | |
13963 | |
13964 ;;;*** | |
13965 | |
13966 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 13967 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
13969 | |
13970 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
13971 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
13972 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
13973 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
13974 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
13975 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
13976 | |
13977 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
13978 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
13979 | |
13980 ;;;*** | |
13981 | |
13982 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
26899 | 13983 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399)) |
25876 | 13984 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
13985 | |
13986 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
13987 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
13988 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 13989 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 13990 to refrain from editing the file |
13991 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
13992 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
13993 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
13994 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
13995 | |
13996 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
13997 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
13998 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
13999 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
14000 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
14001 | |
14002 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
14003 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
14004 | |
14005 ;;;*** | |
14006 | |
14007 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
14008 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
14009 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge | |
14010 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
14011 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook | |
26724 | 14012 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14406 |
14013 ;;;;;; 32852)) | |
25876 | 14014 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
14015 | |
14016 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14017 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
14018 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14019 | |
14020 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14021 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. | |
14022 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14023 | |
14024 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\ | |
14025 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.") | |
14026 | |
14027 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14028 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary. | |
14029 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string). | |
14030 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
14031 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
14032 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) | |
14033 | |
14034 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14035 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT. | |
14036 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | |
14037 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
14038 | |
14039 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
14040 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
14041 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
14042 it will operate on the file in the current line. | |
14043 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
14044 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | |
14045 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
14046 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
14047 lock steals will raise an error. | |
14048 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
14049 | |
14050 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
14051 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14052 control. | |
14053 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
14054 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
14055 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
14056 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
14057 it performs a revert. | |
14058 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
14059 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
14060 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
14061 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
14062 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
14063 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
14064 the option to steal the lock. | |
14065 | |
14066 For CVS files: | |
14067 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14068 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
14069 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
14070 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
14071 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
14072 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
14073 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
14074 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
14075 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
14076 | |
14077 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
14078 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil) | |
14079 | |
14080 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
14081 Display diffs between file versions. | |
14082 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent | |
14083 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. | |
14084 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
14085 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
14086 | |
14087 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
14088 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
14089 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
14090 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
14091 | |
14092 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
14093 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
14094 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
14095 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil) | |
14096 | |
14097 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14098 | |
14099 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
14100 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
14101 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
14102 | |
14103 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14104 | |
14105 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14106 Make a snapshot called NAME. | |
14107 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current | |
14108 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest | |
14109 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil) | |
14110 | |
14111 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14112 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty. | |
14113 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below | |
14114 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are | |
14115 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME. | |
14116 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently | |
14117 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil) | |
14118 | |
14119 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
14120 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
14121 | |
14122 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
14123 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
14124 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
14125 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not | |
14126 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; | |
14127 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil) | |
14128 | |
14129 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
14130 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
14131 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) | |
14132 | |
14133 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
14134 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
14135 | |
14136 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
14137 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs. | |
14138 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | |
14139 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially. | |
14140 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log. | |
14141 | |
14142 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
14143 | |
14144 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
14145 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
14146 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
14147 | |
14148 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are | |
14149 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the | |
14150 default directory." t nil) | |
14151 | |
14152 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
14153 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors. | |
14154 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue. | |
14155 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale. | |
14156 | |
14157 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
14158 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
14159 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
14160 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
14161 | |
14162 ;;;*** | |
14163 | |
14164 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | |
26899 | 14165 ;;;;;; (14385 23382)) |
25876 | 14166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
14167 | |
14168 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
14169 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
14170 | |
14171 Usage: | |
14172 ------ | |
14173 | |
14174 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
14175 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
14176 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
14177 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
14178 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
14179 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
14180 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
14181 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
14182 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
14183 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
14184 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
14185 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
14186 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
14187 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
14188 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
14189 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
14190 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
14191 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
14192 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
14193 | |
14194 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
14195 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
14196 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
14197 | |
14198 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
14199 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
14200 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
14201 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
14202 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
14203 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
14204 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
14205 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
14206 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
14207 | |
14208 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
14209 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
14210 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
14211 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
14212 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
14213 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
14214 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
14215 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
14216 | |
14217 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
14218 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
14219 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
14220 | |
14221 - COMMENTS: | |
14222 `--' puts a single comment. | |
14223 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
14224 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
14225 comment in between. | |
14226 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
14227 following lines. | |
14228 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
14229 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
14230 | |
14231 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
14232 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
14233 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
14234 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
14235 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
14236 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
14237 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
14238 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
14239 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
14240 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
14241 multi-line comments. | |
14242 | |
14243 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
14244 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
14245 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
14246 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
14247 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
14248 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
14249 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
14250 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
14251 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
14252 | |
14253 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
14254 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
14255 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
14256 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
14257 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
14258 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
14259 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
14260 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
14261 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
14262 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
14263 | |
14264 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
14265 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
14266 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
14267 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
14268 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
14269 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
14270 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
14271 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
14272 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
14273 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
14274 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
14275 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
14276 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
14277 | |
14278 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
14279 | |
14280 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
14281 menu). | |
14282 | |
14283 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
14284 | |
14285 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
14286 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
14287 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
14288 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
14289 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
14290 | |
14291 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
14292 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
14293 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
14294 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
14295 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
14296 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
14297 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
14298 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
14299 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
14300 | |
14301 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
14302 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
14303 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
14304 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
14305 specified. | |
14306 | |
14307 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
14308 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
14309 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
14310 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
14311 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
14312 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
14313 | |
14314 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
14315 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
14316 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
14317 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
14318 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
14319 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
14320 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
14321 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
14322 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
14323 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
14324 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
14325 | |
14326 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
14327 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
14328 Math Packages. | |
14329 | |
14330 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
14331 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
14332 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
14333 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
14334 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
14335 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
14336 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
14337 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
14338 | |
14339 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
14340 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
14341 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
14342 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
14343 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
14344 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
14345 | |
14346 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
14347 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
14348 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
14349 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
14350 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
14351 | |
14352 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
14353 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
14354 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
14355 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
14356 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
14357 | |
14358 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
14359 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
14360 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
14361 | |
14362 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
14363 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
14364 is non-nil. | |
14365 | |
14366 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
14367 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
14368 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
14369 | |
14370 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
14371 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
14372 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
14373 | |
14374 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
14375 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
14376 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
14377 | |
14378 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
14379 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
14380 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
14381 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
14382 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
14383 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
14384 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
14385 | |
14386 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
14387 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
14388 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
14389 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
14390 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
14391 | |
14392 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
14393 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
14394 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
14395 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
14396 | |
14397 - HINTS: | |
14398 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
14399 | |
14400 | |
14401 Maintenance: | |
14402 ------------ | |
14403 | |
14404 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
14405 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
14406 | |
14407 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
14408 | |
14409 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
14410 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
14411 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
14412 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
14413 | |
14414 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
14415 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
14416 version and release notes can be found. | |
14417 | |
14418 | |
14419 Bugs and Limitations: | |
14420 --------------------- | |
14421 | |
14422 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
14423 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
14424 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
14425 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
14426 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
14427 does not work under XEmacs. | |
14428 | |
14429 | |
14430 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
14431 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
14432 | |
14433 Key bindings: | |
14434 ------------- | |
14435 | |
14436 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14437 | |
14438 ;;;*** | |
14439 | |
25998 | 14440 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 14441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
14442 | |
14443 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
14444 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
14445 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
14446 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
14447 | |
14448 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
14449 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
14450 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
14451 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
14452 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
14453 | |
14454 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
14455 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
14456 | |
14457 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
14458 | |
14459 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
14460 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
14461 not supported. | |
14462 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
14463 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
14464 | |
14465 * Modifications | |
14466 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
14467 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
14468 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
14469 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
14470 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
14471 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
14472 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
14473 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
14474 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
14475 | |
14476 * Extensions | |
14477 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
14478 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
14479 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
14480 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
14481 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
14482 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
14483 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
14484 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
14485 | |
14486 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
14487 | |
14488 ;;;*** | |
14489 | |
14490 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
14491 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
14492 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char) | |
25998 | 14493 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275)) |
25876 | 14494 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
14495 | |
14496 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
14497 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
14498 | |
14499 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\ | |
14500 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil) | |
14501 | |
14502 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
14503 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
14504 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14505 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
14506 | |
14507 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
14508 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
14509 | |
14510 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
14511 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
14512 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14513 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
14514 | |
14515 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
14516 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
14517 | |
14518 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14519 | |
14520 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14521 | |
14522 ;;;*** | |
14523 | |
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
14525 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
25998 | 14526 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256 |
14527 ;;;;;; 21984)) | |
25876 | 14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
14529 | |
14530 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
14531 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
14532 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
14533 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
14534 | |
14535 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
14536 | |
14537 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
14538 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
14539 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14540 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14541 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14542 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14543 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14544 | |
14545 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14546 | |
14547 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
14548 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
14549 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
14550 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14551 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14552 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14553 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14554 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14555 | |
14556 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14557 | |
14558 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
14559 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
14560 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
14561 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14562 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14563 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14564 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14565 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14566 | |
14567 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14568 | |
14569 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
14570 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
14571 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14572 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14573 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14574 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14575 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14576 | |
14577 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14578 | |
14579 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14580 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14581 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14582 | |
14583 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
14584 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
14585 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
14586 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14587 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14588 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14589 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14590 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14591 | |
14592 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14593 | |
14594 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14595 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14596 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14597 | |
14598 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
14599 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
14600 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
14601 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14602 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14603 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14604 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14605 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14606 | |
14607 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14608 | |
14609 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14610 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14611 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14612 | |
14613 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
14614 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
14615 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive. | |
14616 | |
14617 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
14618 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
14619 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
14620 read-only. | |
14621 \\<view-mode-map> | |
14622 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
14623 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
14624 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
14625 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
14626 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
14627 | |
14628 H, h, ? This message. | |
14629 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
14630 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
14631 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
14632 > move to the end of buffer. | |
14633 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
14634 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines. | |
14635 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines. | |
14636 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\". | |
14637 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\". | |
14638 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines. | |
14639 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines. | |
14640 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s). | |
14641 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s). | |
14642 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. | |
14643 Use this to view a changing file. | |
14644 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
14645 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
14646 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
14647 . set the mark. | |
14648 x exchanges point and mark. | |
14649 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
14650 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
14651 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
14652 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
14653 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
14654 s do forward incremental search. | |
14655 r do reverse incremental search. | |
14656 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
14657 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
14658 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
14659 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
14660 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
14661 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
14662 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
14663 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
14664 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
14665 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
14666 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
14667 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
14668 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
14669 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
14670 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
14671 | |
14672 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
14673 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file], | |
14674 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the | |
14675 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by | |
14676 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file, | |
14677 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return | |
14678 to that buffer. | |
14679 | |
14680 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14681 | |
14682 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
14683 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
14684 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
14685 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
14686 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
14687 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
14688 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
14689 | |
14690 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
14691 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
14692 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
14693 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
14694 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
14695 1) nil Do nothing. | |
14696 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
14697 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
14698 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
14699 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW. | |
14700 | |
14701 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14702 | |
14703 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
14704 | |
14705 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
14706 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
14707 | |
14708 ;;;*** | |
14709 | |
25998 | 14710 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
14712 | |
14713 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
14714 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
14715 | |
14716 ;;;*** | |
14717 | |
14718 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
26724 | 14719 ;;;;;; (14367 2196)) |
25876 | 14720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
14721 | |
14722 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
14723 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 14724 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 14725 |
14726 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
14727 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
14728 | |
14729 ;;;*** | |
14730 | |
25998 | 14731 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
25876 | 14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el |
14733 | |
14734 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
14735 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
14736 | |
14737 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
14738 hotlist. | |
14739 | |
14740 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
14741 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
14742 | |
14743 ;;;*** | |
14744 | |
14745 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
25998 | 14746 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928)) |
25876 | 14747 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
14748 | |
14749 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
14750 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
14751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14752 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
14753 | |
14754 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14755 | |
14756 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
14757 | |
14758 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
14759 | |
14760 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
14761 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
14762 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
14763 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
14764 | |
14765 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
14766 and off otherwise." t nil) | |
14767 | |
14768 ;;;*** | |
14769 | |
25998 | 14770 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region |
14771 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" | |
26899 | 14772 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14364 19255)) |
25998 | 14773 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
14774 | |
14775 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
14776 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer: | |
14777 | |
14778 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
14779 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
14780 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
14781 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
14782 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
14783 | |
14784 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
14785 and: | |
14786 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
14787 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
14788 | |
14789 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
14790 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil) | |
14791 | |
14792 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
14793 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
14794 | |
14795 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
14796 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
14797 | |
14798 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
14799 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil) | |
14800 | |
14801 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
14802 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
14803 | |
14804 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
14805 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
14806 | |
14807 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
14808 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
14809 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
14810 replaced with TABS). | |
14811 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
14812 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
14813 | |
14814 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
14815 | |
26724 | 14816 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
14817 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 14818 |
14819 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
14820 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
14821 l - Leading whitespace. | |
14822 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
14823 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
14824 | |
14825 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 14826 !<y>. |
25998 | 14827 |
14828 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
14829 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
14830 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost | |
14831 always they default to 8.) | |
14832 | |
14833 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to | |
14834 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or | |
14835 even print it. | |
14836 | |
14837 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
14838 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
14839 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these | |
14840 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
14841 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
14842 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between | |
14843 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
14844 to set smarttab.) | |
14845 | |
14846 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
14847 merge problems. | |
14848 | |
14849 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
14850 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any | |
14851 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil) | |
14852 | |
14853 ;;;*** | |
14854 | |
25876 | 14855 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
25998 | 14856 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813)) |
25876 | 14857 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
14858 | |
14859 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14860 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
14861 | |
14862 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14863 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
14864 | |
14865 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14866 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
14867 | |
14868 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
14869 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
14870 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
14871 | |
14872 ;;;*** | |
14873 | |
14874 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
26899 | 14875 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14376 9418)) |
25876 | 14876 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
14877 | |
14878 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
14879 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
14880 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
14881 | |
14882 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
14883 Create widget of TYPE. | |
14884 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) | |
14885 | |
14886 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
14887 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
14888 | |
14889 ;;;*** | |
14890 | |
14891 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" | |
25998 | 14892 ;;;;;; (14304 12320)) |
25876 | 14893 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
14894 | |
14895 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
14896 Toggle winner-mode. | |
14897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14898 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
14899 | |
14900 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14901 | |
14902 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
14903 | |
14904 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
14905 Toggle Winner mode. | |
14906 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
14907 | |
14908 ;;;*** | |
14909 | |
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" | |
25998 | 14911 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 14912 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
14913 | |
14914 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
14915 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
14916 | |
14917 BUGS: | |
14918 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
14919 are not implemented | |
14920 - Options for search and replace | |
14921 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
14922 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
14923 | |
14924 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
14925 Emacs-like. | |
14926 | |
14927 The key bindings are: | |
14928 | |
14929 C-a backward-word | |
14930 C-b fill-paragraph | |
14931 C-c scroll-up-line | |
14932 C-d forward-char | |
14933 C-e previous-line | |
14934 C-f forward-word | |
14935 C-g delete-char | |
14936 C-h backward-char | |
14937 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
14938 C-j help-for-help | |
14939 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
14940 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
14941 C-n open-line | |
14942 C-p quoted-insert | |
14943 C-r scroll-down-line | |
14944 C-s backward-char | |
14945 C-t kill-word | |
14946 C-u keyboard-quit | |
14947 C-v overwrite-mode | |
14948 C-w scroll-down | |
14949 C-x next-line | |
14950 C-y kill-complete-line | |
14951 C-z scroll-up | |
14952 | |
14953 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
14954 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
14955 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
14956 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
14957 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
14958 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
14959 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
14960 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
14961 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
14962 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
14963 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
14964 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
14965 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
14966 C-k f find-file | |
14967 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
14968 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
14969 C-k k ws-end-block | |
14970 C-k p ws-print-block | |
14971 C-k q kill-emacs | |
14972 C-k r insert-file | |
14973 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
14974 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
14975 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
14976 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
14977 C-k v ws-move-block | |
14978 C-k w ws-write-block | |
14979 C-k x kill-emacs | |
14980 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
14981 | |
14982 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
14983 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
14984 C-o j justify-current-line | |
14985 C-o k kill-buffer | |
14986 C-o l list-buffers | |
14987 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
14988 C-o r set-fill-column | |
14989 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
14990 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
14991 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
14992 C-o wo other-window | |
14993 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
14994 | |
14995 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
14996 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
14997 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
14998 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
14999 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
15000 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
15001 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
15002 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
15003 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
15004 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
15005 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
15006 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
15007 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
15008 C-q d end-of-line | |
15009 C-q f ws-search | |
15010 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
15011 C-q l ws-undo | |
15012 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
15013 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
15014 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
15015 C-q w ws-last-error | |
15016 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
15017 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
15018 " t nil) | |
15019 | |
15020 ;;;*** | |
15021 | |
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929 | |
15023 ;;;;;; 31262)) | |
15024 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el | |
15025 | |
15026 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
15027 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
15028 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
15029 | |
15030 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
15031 | |
15032 ;;;*** | |
15033 | |
15034 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25998 | 15035 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571)) |
25876 | 15036 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
15037 | |
15038 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
15039 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
15040 | |
15041 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
15042 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
15043 | |
15044 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
15045 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
15046 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
15047 | |
15048 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
15049 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
15050 | |
15051 ;;;*** | |
15052 | |
15053 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | |
25998 | 15054 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
25876 | 15055 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el |
15056 | |
15057 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
15058 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
15059 | |
25998 | 15060 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
15061 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
15062 | |
15063 Zone-mode does two things: | |
15064 | |
15065 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
15066 when saving the file | |
15067 | |
15068 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 15069 |
15070 ;;;*** | |
15071 | |
15072 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated | |
15073 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely. | |
15074 ;;; Local Variables: | |
15075 ;;; version-control: never | |
15076 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
15077 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
15078 ;;; End: | |
15079 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |